Anda di halaman 1dari 497

Saudi Electricity Company

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL


SPECIFICATIONS
FOR

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN


HAIL

PTS-11CM010

(FINAL)

TRANSMISSION ASSET DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT


SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL


I SPECIFICATIONS

FOR
REVISIONS

DltAWNBY:

DAm: ./
CRK'DBY: ...;..I_-t

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION


IN HAIL

PTS-11 CM01 0

DATE: 08.]0.20]]

THL'l DRAWING L'l NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCflON
FOR ORDERING
OR
(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B" OF CONTRACT NO. # 00)
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIF1ED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 1
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

B TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

I INTRODUCTION

I 1.01
1.02
1.03
GENERAL
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PROJECT SUMMARY
5
5
5

II BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS 6


REVISIONS
2.02 KICK OFF MEETING 7
DRAWNBY:
2.03 BASE DESIGN PHASE 7
DATE: ttl 2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW 8
CHK'DBY: I 2.05 PROJECT DRAWINGS 8
2.06 PROGRESS REPORTING 14
2.07 QNQC REQUIREMENTS 15
2.08 COMMISSIONING, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUALS 26
2.09 TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS 27
2.10 TEST RECORD BOOK 27
2.11 PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND
INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS 28
2.12 CONTRACTOR/COMPANY's CONSTRUCTION
SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY 28
2.13 LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS 29
2.14 SHUTDOWN & OUTAGE COORDINATION 32
2.15 WORKING HOURS 33
2.16 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 33

III SCOPE OF WORK


DATE: 08.10.201l
3.01 GENERAL 34
3.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES 34
3.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR REQUIREMENTS 55
CONSfRUcnON OR
FOR ORDElUNG 3.04 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INTERLOCKING 55
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED 3.05 METERING REQUIREMENTS 55
3.06 ALARM/ANNUNCIATOR REQUIREMENTS 55
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 2
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Cont'd.)

SECTION PAGE

3.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA


ACQUISITION (SCADA) 56
3.08 MECHANICALWORK 56
3.09 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK 56
3.10 FIRE DETECTION/ALARM SYSTEM AND SAFETY
& FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 56
REVISIONS 3.11 PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS
& DRAWINGS 56
(J
DRAWN BY:
3.12 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS 61
DATE: J
CRK'DBY: I 3.13 PROJECT INTERFACE 61
3.14 STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS 62

IV DESIGN CRITERIA

4.01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 69


4.02 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 69
4.03 CABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 70
4.04 13.8kV CAPACITOR DESIGN CRITERIA 72
4.05 13.8kV DETUNING REACTORS 72
4.06 33kV CAPACITOR DESIGN CRITERIA 73
4.07 33kV DETUNING REACTORS 73
4.08 PROTECTIVE RELAYING DESIGN CRITERIA 74
4.09 CIVIU STRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA 74

V EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

5.01 GENERAL 75
5.02 SUBSTATION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 75
DATE: 08.18.2011 5.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING SYSTEM 78
5.04 METERING SYSTEM 88
5.05 ALARM AND ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM 89
THIS ORAWING IS NOT 5.06 ELECTRICAL EQUPT. INTERLOCKING SYSTEM 89
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUcnON OR 5.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL ACQUISITION (SCADA) 90
CERTIFIED AND DATED
5.08 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK 90
5.09 FIRE DETECTION/ALARM AND FIRE 90
[PTS 11CM01 o-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 3
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

PROTECTION SYSTEM

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Cont'd.)

I VI COMMISSIONING TESTS

6.01
6.02
GENERAL
SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT
91
92
6.03 SCADA EQUIPMENT 92

REVISIONS
APPENDICES
DRAWN BY;

J APPENDIX-I LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL & REFERENCE


DATE:

CHK'DBY; / DRAWINGS
APPENDIX- II MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES
APPENDIX- III TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
APPENDIX- IV BID STANDARD FORMAT
APPENDIX- V OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
APPENDIX-VI COMMUNICATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
(NOT APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-VII PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-VIII CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL SCOPE OF WORKS
APPENDIX-IX SCADA REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-X TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX-XI CATERING AND ACCOMMODATION REQUIREMENTS (NOT
APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-XII FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS (NOT APPLICABLE)
APPENDIX-XIII SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
BY:
EXHIBIT-) COMPANY FORM NO: 16511 (2110)
DATE: 08.10.2011

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 D-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 4
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
-r---------------------------

SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION

1.01 GENERAL

I This Scope of work and Technical Specifications (PTS-11CM01 0) and associated


PROJECT Conceptual Drawings, which are Attachment-I to Schedule "B" of
CONTRACT # ./00, describe the specific scope of work that the
CONTRACTOR is required to carry out on Lump Sum Turnkey (LSTK) basis, until
the successful commissioning, completion and final acceptance of WORK, by Saudi
Electricity Company (hereafter referred to as SEC or COMPANy) in the Central part
of Saudi Arabia, for the installation of 33kV and 13.8kV Shunt Capacitor Banks in
various Substations for Power Factor Correction in Central Region.
REVISIONS

1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


DllAWNBY:

DATE:

CHK'DBY:
The subject project aims the installation of 5MVAr, 10MVAr, 15MVAr at 33kV and
, 5MVAr at 13.8kV, Shunt Capacitor Banks as specified in this Scope of Work and
Technical Specification at 8901,8902,8903,8904,8911,8914,8915,8918,8922,
8077, 7782 & 7780.

Accordingly, this PTS-11CM010 covers the expansion of 33kV and 13.8kV


Switchgear at the existing Substations. It also covers providing/modifying related to
Metering, Protection, Control, SCADA and Communication requirements.

1.03 PROJECT SUMMARY

The CONTRACTOR shall perform on LSTK basis, the design, engineering, material
procurement, quality management, factory inspection/testing, transport and delivery
to site, construction, testing and commissioning and all associated work and
services until final handing over of the proposed expansion WORK in a fully
functional and operating condition to the COMPANY as specified in this Scope of
WORK and Technical Specifications.

****END OF SECTION- I ****


/ S,
l
BY:

DATE: 08.tfUOtl

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAl.S UNTB..
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKJ
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 5
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDIARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION- II - BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES

2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. All components and accessories required for the completion and successful
operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT, either specified

i in detail or not, shall be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary.

B. The engineering design and specification of equipment/materials supplied under this


PROJECT shall be in accordance with this Scope of work and Technical
Specifications and COMPANY Standards. If the equipment either does not conform
to specifications or is not acceptable to COMPANY based on past operating
experience/any other reason, the CONTRACTOR shall propose alternative
REVISIONS
equipment for review and acceptance by COMPANY. However, in case of a conflict
in the requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall bring this to the attention of the
DIlAWNBY: n COMPANY and shall obtain such applicable requirements for this PROJECT in
~ writing from the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall have no right to decide on his
CHK'DBY; / own the requirements in case of such a conflict, and in case of such an eventuality,
J he will be doing so at his own risk and cost as the COMPANY reserves the right to
reject any or the complete part of such work arising out of the CONTRACTOR's own
decision. The Engineering and Design WORKS under this CONTRACT shall be
carried out by an engineering and design firm that has registration to carry out
engineering and design WORK in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The proposed
engineering and design firm shall also be from COMPANY'S acceptable list of
Engineering and design firms.

C. The drawings enclosed with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications are
conceptual and for the information of the CONTRACTOR only. The CONTRACTOR
should read these drawings in conjunction with this Scope of work and Technical
Specifications. The successful CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed design
drawings for construction purposes.

D. Copies of existing drawings, design calculations, technical reports and other


information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the
CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not
available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent
development of the information required to complete the PROJECT specified.

BY'C
DATE: 08.10.2011
E. The specifications of equipment and materials specified herein are to be considered
as the minimum requirements, and the bidders shall carry out their own basic and
detailed design necessary for their proposed specifications.

The base design shall be finalized at base design review meeting based on the
mrs DRAWING rs NOT guideline draWings issued hereof, manufacturer's drawings, calculations and data
TO BE USED FOR sheets, and detailed design shall be finalized based on the base design review and
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING other required information.
MATERIAI.S UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DAlEO
All documents, drawings data and instruction books to be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR shall be written in English language and Metric Unit system.
[PTS- 11CM01D-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 6
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

F. The submission of final detail drawings shall be progressive and phased out to give
sufficient review time to COMPANY.

G. COMPANY's acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's design does not relieve him of any
part of his obligations to meet all the requirements of the CONTRACT nor the

I responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction drawings of the
PROJECT.

H. All WORK, including services for the test and inspections required by the COMPANY
and demonstrations, if any, for familiarization of operation, maintenance &
commissioning of new type of switchgear, relays, meters, etc. to the COMPANY
personnel by the manufacturer's representative shall be arranged/done by the
CONTRACTOR at site.
REVISIONS

n The CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY review and approval, the
DlU.WNBY:
J; demonstration package proposed by him giVing the detail/list of eqUipment and
DA.TE:
devices that will be demonstrated.
ClIK'DBY: I
I. The CONTRACTOR's organizational chart shall be prepared as specified in
Instruction to Bidders on Technical Proposal.

J. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the operational spare parts listed in Appendix-V of
PTS and Pricing Attachment 'VI' to Schedule 'C' of this Contract. However,
CONTRACTOR shall finalize the operational spare parts based on the make and
model of the equipment approved during the implementation of the Contract as per
Clause 6.2 of Schedule 'A' - General Terms and Conditions of the Contract.

2.02 KICK-OFF MEETING

A Kick-Off Meeting will be held in COMPANY Headquarters shortly after award of


the CONTRACT. This meeting will cover PROJECT implementation, the Scope of
work, and Schedule and will give the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to discuss all
matters related to carrying out his responsibilities.

2.03 BASE DESIGN PHASE

A. The base design phase of the PROJECT is a 10-12 week period of preliminary
engineering following the kick-off meeting. The purpose of the base design phase is
to completely define the PROJECT in enough details to ensure that the COMPANY
DATE: 08.10.20]]
that all requirements are being met. Information developed during the base design
shall be used as a guide throughout the PROJECT and shall be considered binding
on both parties, unless operational difficulties or design flaws observed during
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
detailed design review are noted and mandate change. All base design drawings
TO BE USED FOR shall be stamped as "Base Design DraWing."
CONSTRUCI'lON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED Coordination meetings will be conducted with the CONTRACTOR's Design team on
regular basis until the design is complete.

[PTS- 11CM01Q-MZKI

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 7
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit eight (8) sets of the base design document at least
four (4) weeks ahead of the base design review meeting which shall include, but not
limited to the following:

1. Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary)

I 2. Design Calculations, Design Drawings and other documents per Section 3.11.

The package to be submitted to the COMPANY shall be properly compiled in 3 -


ring 4" binders for all drawing sheets for civil, electrical, communication and SCADA
drawings.

C. The base design submittal shall be submitted fully complete, containing drawings
and calculations of all discipline as stated. Partial submittals or packages are
REVISIONS
unacceptable and will be rejected. Base design shall include drawings required to
define the project. Additional drawings if provided will not be reviewed during the
DRAWNBV: -,F-;}---t
base design phase.
DATE, ~
CHK'OB"f--
J
1_-1 2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW

After completing the Base Design, the CONTRACTOR shall present the Base
Design Package for technical review along with the Drawing Control Sheet.
CONTRACTOR's Project Manager, Project Engineer and the Design/Construction
Engineer in each field of specification shall attend the presentation meeting. During
this meeting, the COMPANY's comments on the base design package will be
reviewed and discussed in detail to finalize the base design for the PROJECT.
Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR to be concurred by
the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

CONTRACTOR may initiate the material procurement WORK during the base
design phase of the PROJECT but the final approval of the material shall be done
only after consideration of comments generated during Base Design Phase and
resolution of comments during the Base Design Review meeting.

2.05 PROJECT DRAWINGS

GI!IIIIIll! A. General

1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all drawings required for this PROJECT
covering all the substations involved in accordance with the requirements of
DATE: 08.10.2011
the COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standards (SEEDS-II,
Rev.01).

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


The drawings shall be assigned with drawing numbers and indexed as outlined
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
in the above procedure. A block of drawing numbers shall be provided by the
FOR ORDERING COMPANY for all new drawings/documents.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS-11CM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 8
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

2. Drawings shall be of uniform size in each discipline as much as possible and


ISO scales shall be 1:10, 1:50, 1:100, 1:1200 etc.

3. The existing system drawings of the source substation are generally available
with the COMPANY in digital or tiff format except in certain cases where it is in
the form of hard copies. Copies of existing available drawings shall be provided

I on CONTRACTOR'S written request. However, if any related information is not


available, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required
drawings to satisfy the PROJECT requirements.

4. The drawings involving modification/expansion of the existing system in source


substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface. The
drawings in general shall be computer drafted and compatible with Microstation
V8 or above version software computer-aided-design (CAD) system. However,
REVISIONS
in case of drawings involving modifications to existing drawings, which are not
available in digital or tiff format CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop
DRAWNRY:
all the required drawings.
DATE:

CUK'DBY, 'f----1
J 5. The drawing to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the following
standard size in accordance SEEDS-II, Rev,01 and in separate folder for each
Substation:

A- Size sheet, 711x1 016 mm or (28x40 in.)


S- Size sheet, 508x711 mm or (20x28 in.)
C- Size sheet, 356x508 mm or (14x20 in.)
D- Size sheet, 279x432 mm or (11 x17 in.)
E- Size sheet, 211x297 mm or (8.27x11.69 in.)

6. Revision of Existing Drawings! Drawing Control Sheets

a. All existing drawings including common drawings affected by this


PROJECT shall be revised and submitted for COMPAY review as part of
CONTRATOR'S design submittals. The drawings in general shall be
computer drafted Microstation V8 or above version software in
accordance with SEEDS-II, Rev.1.

b. For modification WORKS of existing substation, the existing drawings


only shall be revised as far as possible. If revising the existing drawings
are not feasible or not practical and new drawings need to be developed,
then preferably, the same number with additional/different sheet number
DATE: 08.10.2011
shall be allotted. New drawings havinq new drawing numbers shall be
created only if drawings of existing system are not available.

c. The drawing involving modification/expansion of the existing system in


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface.
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING Drawings giving only the isolated views/information of
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
expansion/modification work without details of existing system/interface
are not acceptable. If new drawings, developed for modification work of
existing system do not cover the complete details of existing system, then
[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 9
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

the corresponding existing system drawings shall also be modified to


show the interface/integration with the new drawings developed, and
submitted for COMPANY review as part of CONTRACTOR'S design
submittal.

d. The existing drawings are listed in the drawing control sheet(s) for the

i substation and covered in more than one (1) drawing control sheet for
each of the affected existing substations. The CONTRACTOR shall
review/study these various by drawing control sheets and drawing,
identify the supersededllatest drawings and if necessary carry out field
verification to ascertain the correctness of the existing drawings. Only the
appropriate/ correct drawings shall be used for developing the drawings
for modification WORK, While modifying any existing drawing sheet, the
sheet will be submitted in duplicate, one marked as existing and the other
REVISIONS
marked as 'modified'.
DRAWNBY:
e. All the existing drawing control sheets shall be revised to reflect the new
CHI('DBY:
revision numbers of existing drawings revised and to identify the
I superseded drawings. In addition, a prominent note shall be put on the
revised existing drawing control sheet (s) to indicate the new drawing
control sheet number, if a new drawing control sheet was developed.
(e.g. " See Drawing Control Sheet No. CT-904240 for list of drawings
developed for C. N. # xxxxxxxxx for )

7. SCADA Drawings Requirements

a. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for obtaining all necessary SCADA


information (such as existing SCADA drawings packages and Handover
Book Sheets) from design offices working on the facility.

b. The CONTRACTOR shall produce new and/or revise the SEC standard
size (28" x 20") SCADA drawings and Handover Book Sheets (8%" x 11")
and submit to SEC for review and approval, prior to field installation of the
RTU as applicable.

i. SCADA Function Diagram

This is a simplified one-line diagram for the station showing each piece of
equipment connected to the SCADA system. Details of this drawing
BY:
include the following:
DATE, _==---1
08.10.2011

SEC assigned tags/labels to transmission lines, breakers, and


capacitors
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
CT and PT ratios, transducer specifications and wiring configuration.
FOR ORDERING Information supplied should be complete to enable calculation of
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED scale factors

[PTS 11CM01O-MZKI
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 10
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SCADA functions at each device defined by SEC standard symbols.

SCADA point list table

Legend of SEC standard symbol used.

I ii. Handover Book Sheets

Input and Output Points List

This list shall consist of all SCADA points that are grouped according
to type (Le. Analog, Status, Control, etc). Typical fields are Absolute
Point Number, Relative Point Number, Point Description, Scale
REVISIONS Factor, Closed Contact State Description, and IFC Point Marking.

DllAWNBY: RTU Configuration of RTU Map Sheet


DAlE:

CHK'DBY: l{
f-----1 This sheet is a summary of the number, type, and address of
configured input/output controllers, RTU address, point group
address, communication and loop back settings information.

c. Sample drawings and Handover Book Sheets are available from SEC upon
request.

d. The CONTRACTOR shall submit copies of the Handover Book Sheets in


Microsoft Excel format stored in CD.

e. The CONTRACTOR shall provide complete sets of Vendor drawings and


documentation of the RTU and all of its associated equtprnent, consisting
of, but not limited to Operation and Maintenance Manuals, and Schematic
Diagrams.

8. Protection Drawing Format Requirements

All drawings shall be titled to explain the full function of the circuits represented
on that drawing including station and equipment names. Drawings shall be
designed and produced in order to maximize ease of maintenance and
c:2J>
BY:
installation. Each drawing shall have a legend included explaining the functions
of all devices on that drawing. All equipment shall be labeled and identified on
DA'm 08.10.2011
the diagrams as per the designations assigned by the COMPANY. All drawing
formats must be approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

a. Protection AC One Line and Three-Line Diaqrams


THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI1ON OR
FOR ORDERING All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TES-P-
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
119.33 and AppendiX-VII.

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 11
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

b. Wiring Diagrams

Wiring diagrams shall be produced for all panels and equipment. Panel
wiring diagrams shall be arranged such that they represent a working view
of the panel wiring with terminal blocks and devices arranged on the
drawing as they exist in the panels, When possible, it is required to have

I only one (1) drawing per panel. If it is impossible to include all devices on
one (1) drawing, the panel drawing shall be subdivided into sections
(vertically or horizontally), making a mosaic of drawings physically
representing the panel arrangement.

c. Schematic Diagrams

All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TES-P-
REVISIONS
119.33 and Appendix-VII.
DRAWNBY:

DATE:
y B. Vendor Drawings
CBJ<'DBY, -,,;,'_--1
y
1, CONTRACTOR shall prepare all vendor drawings in Microstation VB or above
version software in accordance with SEEDS-II and submit to the COMPANY
order and shall be specified by the CONTRACTOR.

2. Vendor drawings are manufacturers' drawings, data schedules, specification


sheets installation and operating instructions and any other data required for
material or equipment Requirements of such information are an integral part of
the purchase order and shall be specified by the CONTRACTOR.

3. Preparation and assignment of vendor drawing numbers shall be in


accordance with COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standard
(SEEDS-II, Rev.01).

4, All vendor drawings shall be subject to review and approval by the COMPANY
at various stages (bid/base design/detail design/construction) of the
CONTRACT.

Note: All vendor drawings shall be consistent with main drawings in all respects and
the vendor drawings shall clearly indicate all inter references with main
drawings and all other vendor drawings as applicable.

DATE: 01l.l0.2011
c. Base Design Drawings

The CONTRACTOR shall submit base design drawings to the COMPANY with his
Base Design Package per Section 3.11.
THIS ORA WING IS NOT
TO BE USED ~R D. Final Detail Design/Construction Drawings
CONSTRUCl'JON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED The CONTRACTOR shall submit point wise compliance statement to COMPANY's
comments and shall obtain approval for all final detail design drawings after
incorporating COMPANY comments. All details design drawings shall be stamped as
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 12
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

"Detail Design Drawings". After receiving the approval, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the COMPANY eight (8) complete sets of all interconnected drawings
issued for construction in one (1) submittal. These drawings shall be submitted to
the COMPANY to be stamped as "Noted By" before they are stamped and issued
to CONTRACTOR'S construction team as "Issued For Construction", but in no case
less than fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction activity.

i No WORK shall be started at site unless all interconnected drawings for a particular
WORK has been fUlly reviewed and agreed upon by the COMPANY and final
construction drawings are available at WORK SITE and with the COMPANY.

A composite list of drawings the CONTRACTOR shall provide as a minimum for this
PROJECT is given in Section 3.11.
REVISIONS
Final detailed design drawings shall be submitted fully complete, by discipline
representing fUlly the part of the PROJECT to be constructed and all the related
DRAWN BY, -tn~----t
drawings. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be rejected.
OAT>:, ...t.&:~--1
QIK'DBY:
E. As-Built Drawings

1. As the PROJECT nears completion, "As-Built" drawings shall be prepared by


the CONTRACTOR in sufficient details to present an accurate record for
COMPANY.

All existing drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and


corresponding existing drawing control sheets shall be updated by the
CONTRACTOR. The existing/ongoing project drawing control sheet shall be
updated and automated in XLS format. If the existing/ongoing project
substation drawings do not have drawing control sheet, then the
CONTRACTOR shall prepare new Drawing Control Sheet, which shall include
the new and existing drawings. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with
COMPANY for the list of the existing drawings. All Drawing Control Sheets,
listing all proposed and existing drawings shall also be submitted in the Base
Design submittal.

2. All revisions shall reflect field modifications to engineering flow diagrams,


electrical one-line diagrams, electrical schematic connection and
~-s interconnection wiring diagrams; instrument hook-ups, wiring diagrams,
BY:
C J'
terminal connections, dimensioned equipment layouts, all underground
installations and other WORK and facilities not normally visible. The
DATE: 08.10.2011
CONTRACTOR shall provide "As-Built" drawings showing all field
modifications to drawings and diagrams prepared by the Vendors and
SUBCONTRACTORS.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR If the CONTRACTOR was given hard copy or tiff image file to existing " As-
CONSTRUCflON OR
FOR ORDERING built drawings, then it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to request the
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED COMPANY at least two (2) months before the Technical completion for the
existing "As-Built" drawings and redraw them in Microstation V8 or above

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 13
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

version software in accordance with SEEDS-II, Rev.01. Updating of existing


"As-built" drawings will not be accepted.

3. As part of "As-Built" drawings submission, the CONTRACTOR shall also


provide the COMPANY three (3) sets of field marked-up drawings reflecting
the "As-Built" condition of the particular segment of WORK completed by the

I CONTRACTOR and distributed, as given below, prior to energization:

-
-
One (1) set shall be retained by the COMPANY at the substation.
One (1) set shall be submitted to the COMPANY.
- One (1) set shall be used for "As-Built" by CONTRACTOR's Engineering
and Design Consultants which shall be included in the final submittal.

4. One (1) sample of original (digital Microstation *.DGN format) and five (5)
REVISIONS
check prints from different "As-Built" engineering drawings shall be submitted
to the COMPANY to verify the quality of digital Microstation *.DGN format and
D.R.AWNBY:
whether the correct drafting procedure is adopted, one (1) month before initial
DATE:

CBK'DBY:
submission of "As-Built" drawings. Before submitting the final "As-Built"
drawings, on sample drawing shall be submitted and got approved.

Five (5) copies of the "As-Built" documents shall be submitted to the


COMPANY for review as to adequacy, completeness, legibility and conforming
to drafting standards. If returned, the CONTRACTOR shall make corrections,
provide additional data and improve the quality as instructed prior to
resubmittal and COMPANY acceptance. The revised "As-Builf' drawings shall
be resubmitted within four (4) weeks after commissioning. Five (5) sets of final
"As-Built" drawings, and one (1) set of "As-Builf' digital Microstation *.DGN
format drawings in CD shall be submitted to the COMPANY for records.

2.06 PROGRESS REPORTING

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Weekly PROJECT Progress Reports, in


COMPANY- approved formats for the PROJECT to the responsible COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE. Soft copy of progress reports shall be submitted along with the
hard copy. For this purpose, the total WORK shall be divided into:

1. Engineering and Design.

BY:
~ 2. Procurement/Manufacture/Fabrication Inspection and Delivery of Materials!
EqUipment.
IMTE: 08.10.2011

3. Construction and Installation.

4. Testing and Commissioning.


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING B. The following information shall be included in the Progress Reports:
MATElUALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 14
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1. Percent of WORK completed as compared to the weighted schedule used to


assess WORK progress. If progress is less than the scheduled one, its reason
and proposal to overcome the same should be recorded.

2. Statement of items worked on and/or completed during the period.

I 3.

4.
Statement of items to be worked on and/or completed during the following
period.

Problem areas which can have an adverse effect on the schedule.

5. Safety statistics and minutes of construction safety meeting and progress


meeting.
REVISIONS
6. Manpower and equipment availability against the schedule requirement.
DKA..WNBY:
C. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out PROJECT planning/scheduling by using MS
DATE:

C'BK'DBY:
PROJECT computer software. All PROJECT schedules shall be submitted in CD.
v
D. Weekly Progress Meeting shall be conducted between the COMPANY and the
- CONTRACTOR during the entire CONTRACT duration of the PROJECT. Other
coordination and interface meetings will be conducted, as required. The
CONTRACTOR shall prepare the minutes of all meetings. The initial draft shall be
submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review
and concurrence. The CONTRACTOR shall then incorporate the required
corrections and submit to the COMPANY one (1) original and two (2) copies after
they are duly signed by the authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR. The
COMPANY shall sign one (1) copy in acceptance and furnish it to the
CONTRACTOR and retain the original.

In addition, a Weekly Construction Safety Meeting shall be conducted by the


CONTRACTOR's Safety Engineer or PROJECT Engineer. Minutes of meeting shall
be forwarded to the COMPANY.

2.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

A. Quality Management

CONTRACTOR shall implement an effective quality management which addresses


all direct and indirect activities related to the PROJECT to ensure that all contractual
IMTE: 08.10.2011
conditions are met. Quality planning, quality control, quality assurance and quality
improvement shall be part of CONTRACTOR's quality management. To effectively
manage the PROJECT quality, CONTRACTOR shall develop a clearly defined
TH1S DRAWING IS NOT
PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Program shall be implemented from PROJECT start until completion and
FOR ORDERING communicated at different levels of the PROJECT organization. In addition,
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED CONTRACTOR shall also require manufacturers/suppliers to develop and
implement Quality Control Plan/ Inspection and Test Plan for each major
materiaVequipment listed under 2.07C.
[PTS-llCM01Q-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 15
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

B. PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program

1. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall set out the specific quality
procedures and practices, resources, and all activities (in sequence) relevant
to this PROJECT. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall address

i QNQC activities during design, procurement, manufacturinglfabrication,


delivery, storage, construction, installation, testing and commissioning of all
items of WORK and materials/equipment per Scope of WORK and Technical
Specification.

2. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be submitted to the


COMPANY as part of the base design package for review and approval.
REVISIONS
3. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall clearly define and address
DRAWN BY:
o the following:
DAn:: .~
CBK"DBY: I a. The quality objectives to be attained and CONTRACTOR's commitment
to achieve the objectives in the form of a signed policy statement. The
policy statement shall be signed by CONTRACTOR's management
personnel not lower than the person who signed this CONTRACT.

b. Detailed PROJECT organizational chart and specific allocations of


responsibilities and authorities during the different phases of the
PROJECT.

CONTRACTOR shall include in the PROJECT organizational chart


QNQC engineers and inspectors dedicated to quality assurance and
quality control (QNQC). The QNQC engineers and inspectors shall
report directly to the overall PROJECT Manager. The QNQC engineers
and inspectors shall have adequate experience in their area of
responsibility and shall be responsible for ensuring that all phases of the
PROJECT are built, tested and commissioned in accordance with the
requirements of the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical
Specifications. The CONTRACTOR's Chief QNQC engineer shall
interface directly with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

CONTRACTOR shall use QNQC personnel other than those performing


/"s
BY, (-~::=..J or directly supervising the WORK. The QNQC personnel shall not report
directly to immediate supervisors responsible for producing the WORK
DATE: 08.10.2011
being inspected. CONTRACTOR's QNQC personnel shall be kept free
from the pressures of cost, schedule and production and shall be given
the necessary authority and independence to perform their roles
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
effectively.
TO BE USED FOR The number of CONTRACTOR'S QNQC engineers shall be as required
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING in the Instruction to Bidders for Technical Proposal.
MATERIALS VNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 16
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

Jo...- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

c. Procurement Control

CONTRACTOR's PROJECT QNQC engineers shall review all products


and services prior to procurement to ensure conformance to specified
requirements. Procurement control shall include source evaluation and
selection, source inspection and evaluation of objective evidence of

i quality furnished by a supplier against the PROJECT specification.

These products shall cover major materials/equipment and other items


including but not necessarily limited to testing services, fill materials,
Portland cement concrete and additives, asphalt concrete, water
proofing, steel structures, HVAC materials and equipment, electrical
materials, plumbing materials, architectural and finishing materials and
formwork materials.
REVISIONS

n
d. Quality Audit
DRAWNBY:

DATE: f CONTRACTOR shall conduct its own internal quality surveillance at


aIK'D.lY: /
appropriate stages (e.g. design, procurement, construction, installation
and commissioning stage) of the PROJECT to determine compliance to
and the effectiveness of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.
Each element of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be
assessed at least once during the life of the PROJECT. The schedule
and frequency should be adjusted if one or more of the following
conditions exist:

i. Result of previous surveillance indicates a need to perform them


more frequently.

ii. Significant changes are made in the PROJECT Quality


Plan/Quality Program.

iii. Safety, performance or reliability of an item is questionable due to


non-conformance.

iv. Verification of corrective action implementation.

Personnel conducting the quality surveillance shall be independent of


( those having direct responsibility for the specific activities or areas being
BY:
evaluated or assessed.
DATE: 08.10.2Ol1

e. Non-Conformance Control

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that items and services which do not


TIllS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR conform to specified requirement are controlled in accordance with
CONSl'RUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING documented procedures to prevent unintended use. CONTRACTOR shall
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DAlEO
identify, document, segregate, evaluate and dispose non-conforming
items and services after proper notification of concerned personnel within
the CONTRACTOR's organization.
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 17
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CONTRACTOR's QAlQC engineer/inspector shall re-inspect repaired


and reworked non-conforming items. CONTRACTOR shall not use any
repaired item or product unless approved by the COMPANY.

Under this clause, the following definitions apply:

i i. Repair - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will


fulfill the intended usage requirements although it may
not conform to the original specified requirements (ISO
9000:2000).

ii. Rework - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will


fulfill the specified requirement (ISO 9000:2000).
REVISIONS

r-.
CONTRACTOR shall develop Non-Conformance Report (NCR) form and
DRAWNBY:
submit it to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTOR's
DATE: I QAlQC engineers/inspectors shall have the freedom to issue NCRs,
CHI'Day: 1
verify implementation of corrective actions and prevent use of non-
conforming items until the deficiency has been satisfactorily resolved.
CONTRACTOR's Chief QAlQC engineer shall submit bi-weekly site
QAlQC reports to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE about non-
compliances.

f. Corrective Action

CONTRACTOR shall develop, document and implement a system for


determining the root cause of non-conformities and identifying the
required corrective actions. New procedures or changes to existing
procedures resulting from identification of the root cause and potential
root cause of non-conformances shall be documented and implemented.
Follow-up action shall be taken to verify effective implementation of
corrective action. The identified cause and corrective action should be
included in the bi-weekly site QAlQC reports that are required to be
submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

g. Quality Records

~~ CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a system for preparation,


BY; " ..
maintenance, protection and preservation of quality records. Documents
DATE: 08.10.2011
such as inspection reports, field inspection checklist, factory test reports,
laboratory test reports, witnessed test reports, inspection logbooks,
equipment calibration records/certificates, construction drawings and
specifications, approved submittals and non-conformance reports are
THIS DRAWING IS Nor
TO BE USED FOR part of these records. All quality records shall be available at WORKSITE
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING for use and/or reference by CONTRACTOR and COMPANY
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
REPRESENTATIVE.

[PTS- 11CM01 o-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAlL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 18
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

h. Control of Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment

All measuring and testing equipment and devices which can affect the
quality of construction shall be controlled and maintained.
CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement a documented calibration
control program indicating equipment calibration schedule and identifying
those who are responsible for control of the equipment. CONTRACTOR
shall ensure that only properly identified and calibrated measuring and
testing equipment are used in the PROJECT. Equipment calibration
certificates shall be handed over to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE prior
to the commencement of related jobs.

i. Document Control
REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a documented control
/) program for the review, approval, revision and distribution of documents
DRAWN IV:
,,/ for the activities affecting quality. Responsible personnel for revision,
DATE:
issuance and approval of documents shall be identified. Contractor shall
CIIK'DBY: I
ensure that all pertinent and current issues of appropriate documents are
available at locations where they are essential and obsolete or
superseded documents are promptly removed. CONTRACTOR shall list
all the documents that have to be controlled and shall include PROJECT
Quality Plan/Quality Program, Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test
Plan, construction and design drawings, calculations, correspondence,
inspection and test reports, field inspection checklist, etc.

j. Material/Eguipment Handling, Storage, Identification and Control

CONTRACTOR shall verify that material/equipment meet prescribed


contractual requirements and are properly handled, identifiable,
traceable, cleaned, preserved and stored.

k. Control of interface and interaction between the COMPANY and


CONTRACTOR and between the CONTRACTOR and its SUB-
CONTRACTORS, manufacturers/suppliers, QA/QC Services
CONTRACTOR(s) [Independent Inspection Agency (ies)] and
Independent Testing Laboratories.

I. Any other applicable QA/QC activity (les) for the PROJECT.


DATE: 08.10.2011
4. Design Control

a. CONTRACTOR shall describe the design control program that will be


applied on this PROJECT whether the design activity is to be done by the
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR CONTRACTOR's own personnel or by design consultants. All design
CONSfRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING input and output shall be reviewed prior to release to the next stage,
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
Hold points shall be shown or indicated in the PROJECT Quality Plan. In
addition to design review, design verification shall be conducted to ensure
that the design stage output meets the design stage input requirements.
[PTS-11CM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 19
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA

J -----
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

b. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all design computations, design


drawings and other design documents are properly controlled and
checked prior to submission to the COMPANY. Design documents shall
be signed by the person(s) who prepared and checked them. COMPANY
reserves the right to return design documents without the proper

I c.
signature of the responsible person(s).

If the CONTRACTOR subcontracts the design activity, a copy of the


scope of WORK to be subcontracted shall be submitted to the
COMPANY for review and approval.

5. Field Testing/Inspection and Construction/Installation Control


REVISIONS
CONTRACTOR shall establish and document all procedures and WORK
n instructions to ensure that the construction and installation processes are
DRAWN BY:
performed in a controlled manner. The necessary qualification of personnel
DA'I'E: J and procedure for activities such as welding, non-destructive examination, heat
CRK'DBY: /
treatment, civil/concrete WORKS, etc. shall be defined. WORK instructions
and procedures shall be adhered to by the CONTRACTOR's personnel.

CONTRACTOR shall conduct inspection and testing activities at all phases and
quality audit at appropriate stages of the PROJECT construction/installation.
CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors shall develop and use field
inspection checklist to facilitate checking of a process, actiVity, material or
equipment. The field inspection checklist shall state the characteristic to be
verified, inspection method, acceptance criteria and clause reference of the
applicable standard or specification. The checklist shall have provision for
writing the result of inspection, date of inspection and name and signature of
the QNQC engineer/inspector. Such activities where inspection checklists are
required shall include but not necessarily limited to all pre-commissioning and
commissioning checks and tests, material/equipment receiving inspection,
concrete pre-pour inspection, asphalting, hydrostatic testing, pressure testing
of equipment and lines and air balancing and leak testing of HVAC system. All
inspection and testing results shall be reviewed, safely stored and maintained
by the CONTRACTOR. Typical checklist shall be provided to the COMPANY
for review and comment.

CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement the use of inspection logbook for
use by the CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors in recording their
comments and observations as a result of their inspection. CONTRACTOR's
personnel responsible for rectifying any observed deficiency or non-
conformance shall also write their reply in the logbook stating the actions taken
to correct the deficiency. CONTRACTOR's QNQC engineers/inspectors shall
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR ensure that all unsatisfactory observations on an item are cleared before any
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR OIlDElUNG activity proceeds to the succeeding stage of that item.
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01D-MZKJ
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 20
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

C. Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan

1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the Quality Control


Plan/Inspection and Test Plan for each major material/equipment covered
under the scope of this PROJECT; based on the following
Transmission/Materials, which requires third party factory inspection:

I


LV Panels (LV Relay & Control Panel, Main AC & DC Distribution Boards)
Switehgears (MV Air/SF6 Metal-Clad SWitchgears)
All insulators used in COMPANY system.
Conductor Accessories (include Jumper Terminals)
MV and HV Power Cables (all voltages and types)
Controls & Instrumentation Cables (all types)
REVISIONS Splice & Termination Kits for all MVand HV Power Cables
Surge Arresters
DRAWNBY: n 33kV and 13.8kV Capacitor Banks
DAn;, ~~T----1 De-Tuning Reactors
CllK'DBY'f- /---1 33kV and 13.8kV Current Transformers
J
33kVand 13.8kV Voltage Transformers

The quality activities including but not necessarily limited to inspection and
testing, for the materiaVequipment shall be planned and documented in the
form of a Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan. The Quality Control
Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall be submitted to the COMPANY together
with the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.

2. The essential features of the required Quality Control Plan/Inspection and


Test Plan is as follows:

a. It is specifically identified to a particular materiaVequipment.

b. It has provision for revisions to be made and is assigned a unique


document number.

c. It lists all the inspection and testing activities sequentially.

d. It states the location at which the activity is to be carried out.

e. It identifies the applicable standard, test procedure to be followed and


DATE: 08.10.2011 the acceptance criteria for the inspection or test activity.

f. It identifies the extent of inspection, sampling frequency and sample


size, or extent of check.
mIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON
FOR ORDERING
OR g. It identifies the hold point, witness point and surveillance point.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
h. It identifies the record document to be generated, reviewed and
retained.

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 21
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA

J~ --
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3. The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall indicate the scheduled
dates of testing and inspection at the designated location.

D. Manufacturers/Suppliers

i 1.

2.
CONTRACTOR shall procure all major material items for the PROJECT from
COMPANY qualified and approved sources.

CONTRACTOR shall ensure that purchase orders to manufacturers/ suppliers


contain all the applicable industry and COMPANY developed standards and
specifications.

3. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that Purchase Order(s) to approved


REVISIONS
manufacturers/suppliers are not re-assigned or sub-contracted to other
/7
manufacturers/suppliers without COMPANY's written consent.
DRAWNBY:

DATE: J
CHK'DBY: I E. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s)
[Independent Inspection Agency]

1. CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACT COMPANY approved Quality Assurance


and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide quality
controVquality assurance monitoring of all quality activities related to
procurementof materials and equipment to be used in this PROJECT.

2. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Quality Assurance and Quality


Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide directly to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE, by express mail or fax, four (4) copies of material status,
quality surveillance reports, inspection and test reports within seven (7) days
after the inspection. Soft copies of these signed reports in CD shall also be
furnished and submitted for company records. All pages of the inspection and
test reports shall be reviewed, signed and stamped by the approved inspector
from the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.

3. CONTRACTOR's Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services


CONTRACTOR shall not re-assign or sublet portion of their contracted quality
controVquality assurance monitoring WORK.

4. CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK


issued to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.
DATE; 08.10.2011

5. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the Quality Assurance and Quality Control


Services CONTRACTOR to verify and check each material/equipment for
mlS DRAWING IS NOT
conformance against the PROJECT Scope .ot WORK and Technical
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
Specification and each clause of the applicable SEC Material Standard
FOR. ORDERING Specification (SMSS) and Transmission Material Standard Specification
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED (TMSS) and report all deviations that are not included in the COMPANY issued
clarifications. The report of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
CONTRACTOR shall include the following:
[PTS-11CM01D-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 22
C494 A OF 0
l1CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA

Ji- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~.;J.l1 ~ e.) - "t,.Jf5.U ~J.,......JI ~.;J.l1

a. PROJECTtitle, CONTRACT number.

b. Complete description of the inspected material/equipment.

c. Report number and date.

i d.

e.
Place and date of inspection, scope of inspection.

Documents used during inspection.

1. Manufacturerand plant location where the equipment was manufactured.

g. Detailed description of the inspection and testing activities and their


REVISIONS
results, deviations to specification, manufacturer's explanation to the
n deviations, visual inspection result, packing and marking inspection
DRAWN BY:

J result, conclusion and copy of the outline drawing of the inspected


DATE:

CHK'DBY;
I material/equipment. Witnessed tests and reviewed test data shall be
J clearly identified in the inspection reports.

h. Name of the inspector(s).

6. CONTRACTOR shall furnish copies of the following document to the Quality


Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) contracted to
perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring of each material and
equipment before surveillance:

a. Purchase Order placed to the manufacturer/supplier.

b. Relevant section of PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical


Specification.

c. Applicable COMPANY developed standard and specification.

d. Manufacturer'sTechnical Specifications and COMPANY approved design


drawings.

e. COMPANY's approval of materiaVequipment and applicable clarifications


.~?
( .-"
issued by the COMPANY.
BY:

DATE: 08.1O.:!On
f. COMPANY approved test program, manufacturing quality control plan or
inspection and test plan.

7. CONTRACTOR shall send to the COMPANY, copy(ies) of all technical


THIS BRA wINe IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR correspondence exchanged between CONTRACTOR and "Quality Assurance
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR".
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
8. CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval from COMPANY before allowing any
personnel of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
[PTS- 11CM01 D-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 23
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

CONTRACTOR to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring


activities related to procurement of materials to be used in this PROJECT. The
specific material/equipment to be inspected, manufacturer and location of
manufacturing plant shall be identified for each proposed inspector of the
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.

I 9. Employment by CONTRACTOR of a Quality Assurance and Quality Control


Services CONTRACTOR shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR of any
obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.

F. Release for Shipment Certificate

1. Release for Shipment Certificate is a certificate issued by the CONTRACTOR


to the supplier/manufacturer to release the described material for shipment
REVISIONS
after recommendation by the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY.
D....WNBY, -(-11-1--;
DATE,"""'F ..JL_-f 2. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all material requiring inspection and/or quality
CHK'DBY: V
----I
surveillance at the supplier/manufacturer's facility are not shipped to the
WORK SITE without a "Release for Shipment Certificate."

3. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that material shipped without approved


"Release for Shipment Certificate" is subject to rejection and return at the
CONTRACTOR's expense.

4. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all inspection and surveillance reports and
any other requirements are satisfactorily completed before requesting the
COMPANY to approve the "Release for Shipment Certificate."

G. Receipt Inspection

1. CONTRACTOR shall conduct receipt inspection of major material and


equipment after delivery at the WORKSITE and shall submit a copy of the
report to the COMPANY.

2. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to the COMPANY any shipment and


transportation damage.

H. Independent Testing Laboratory


DATE: 08.10.2011
1. CONTRACTOR shall contract COMPANY approved Independent Testing
Laboratory for material and field-testing services.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


2. CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Independent Testing Laboratory
TO BE USED FOR
CON5I'RUCTION OR
to provide four (4) copies of the test results and reports along with soft copies
FOR ORDERING (CD) directly to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE within three (3) days of the
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED test completion. Test reports shall indicate the tested characteristics, test
methods, acceptance criteria and applicable standard. The PROJECT Contract
Number shall be used as reference on all reports.
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 24
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that contracted Independent Testing Laboratory


does not re-assign or sublet any portion of their contracted testing WORK.

4. CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK


issued to and finalized with the Independent Testing Laboratory.

I 5. CONTRACTOR shall make reasonable effort to obtain timely access by the


COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to the Independent Testing Laboratory's
facility, should the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE exercise the option to
witness any or all the tests and verify the calibration status of the testing
equipment.

6. Employment by CONTRACTOR of an Independent Testing Laboratory shall in


REVISIONS
no way relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.
DRAWNBY:
()
. I. Inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE
DATE:

CIIK'DBY: /
1. COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will conduct routine and/or periodic inspection
of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE to inspect the WORK and witness the tests.

2. CONTRACTOR shall advise the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in writing the


schedule of any field or laboratory testing to be conducted for this PROJECT
showing the dates and location of testing.

3. CONTRACTOR shall attach a copy of the completed inspection checklist or


finaVin-process inspection report by the CONTRACTOR's QA/QC
engineer/inspector on every inspection request submitted to the COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR's QAlQC engineerlinspector shall ensure that the items for
inspection covered by the CONTRACTOR's "Inspection Requesf' are ready
and in accordance with the CONTRACT requirements prior to inspection by
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

Inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE


shall be within the regular working hours of the COMPANY. CONTRACTOR's
schedule for inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY

BY:

DATE:
n. 08.10.2011
REPRESENTATIVE outside of the regular COMPANY working hours shall
have prior approval from the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.

J. COMPANY's Quality Assessment (Audit) Right

1. COMPANY reserves the right to conduct scheduled and/or unscheduled quality


mrs DRAWING rs NOT assessment of CONTRACTOR's Quality System, PROJECT Operation, and
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
PROJECT Quality Plan implementation. The results of such assessments
FOR ORDERING (audits) shall be confidential within CONTRACTOR and COMPANY.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CEJITIFIEDAND DATED
CONTRACTOR shall provide all access and assistance in a timely manner to
COMPANY personnel who will perform the quality assessment (audit).
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 25
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

The CONTRACTOR shall implement corrective actions on all deficient areas


discovered during the quality assessment (audit) within a mutually agreeable
time frame. All costs (except cost of wages, transportation and lodging of
COMPANY Quality Assessors) incurred during the quality assessment (audit)
shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

I 2. CONTRACTOR shall include the following conditions on purchase order placed


with the manufacturers/suppliers:

"COMPANY reserves the right to perform plant survey, quality assessment


(audit), and quality surveillance activities and to inspect material at the
suppliers/manufacturer's facility to verify compliance with the terms and
conditions of the purchase order and its related documents. COMPANY
REVISIONS
reserves the right to witness any and all tests specified and to perform such
visual examination (inspection) at the suppliers/manufacturer's facility.
DIlAWNBY:

1/ COMPANY reserves the right to require certificates and data from the
DATE:
supplier/manufacturer on any pertinent aspect of the manufacturing process,
CIIl<'D BY, .-FJ-+_-t
J including but not limited to, mill test reports, heat treatment certificates, welders
and welding procedure qualification records, non-destructive examination
records, test records and quality control manual that will form part of the non-
material requirement that shall be shipped to COMPANY as a document
package".

K. Additional Requirements

The final COMPANY approved protection and control drawings with latest revision
numbers shall be the only drawings used by the independent inspection agency for
testing and acceptance of protection and control equipment. The acceptance criteria
shall include individual device testing and complete functional and point to point
wiring check of the panels in conjunction with the composite AC and DC schematics
and the rear view panel wiring diagrams. Each check shall refer to specific drawing
and revision number. This shall be implemented immediately after base design
meeting.

2.08 COMMISSIONING, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY Commissioning, Operation and


Maintenance Manuals, along with Pre-commissioning and Procedures Manuals,
consisting of, as a minimum, the following documents:
DATE. _==-; 08.1o.2B11

1. Detailed manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each equipment


installed. These manuals shall contain all information (including any special
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
design and/or construction or operation feature) which may be required by the
TO BE USED ~R COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities and shall
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING describe fully erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance procedures
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED including mechanical/ electrical tolerances for maintenance/repair purposes.

[PTS-llCM010-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PT5- 26
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

2. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular test


apparatus.

3. Technical Specification Manuals applicable to each particular test apparatus.

4. Complete sets of exploded view drawings with comprehensive parts


identification for each device to enable the COMPANY to catalogue and order.

5. Interconnection and Schematic Diagrams.

6. Setting and Calibration Procedures and Instructions.

7. Interconnection cable schedule.


REVISIONS
8. Internal wiring interconnection schedule.
DRAWNBV:
J B. The submission schedule for commissioning, operation and maintenance manuals
DATE:
as detailed in (A) above shall be as given below:
CBK'DBY: I
1. Six (6) sets for preliminary review by COMPANY as to adequacy,
completeness, and legibility at least eight (8) weeks before commencing
commissioning tests.

2. Four (4) complete sets of fUlly revised manuals (original and no photocopies)
incorporating the COMPANY's comments to the fUll satisfaction of the
COMPANY before technical completion of the PROJECT.

2.09 TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data manuals for the substation
equipment, protection relays and underground cable system installed under the
scope of this PROJECT as indicated in the attached Appendix III.

B. The manuals binders shall have COMPANY logo, binder number and PROJECT
title, and CONTRACT Number on the front cover.

2.10 TEST RECORD BOOK

BY,

DATE:
C2- 08.10.2011
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a "Test Record Book" which shall include the
following:

1. Factory test report of each particular equipment installed.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


2. Field test report, which shall include the following:
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING a. Description of Equipment Tested and Manufacturer's Nameplate Data
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DAtED
b. Description of Test
c. List of Apparatus with Calibration Data
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 27
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

@ d. Test Results
is
e. Conclusions and Recommendations
f. Appendix, including test forms
B. Each test form where applicable shall include a column quoting the acceptable
maximum and minimum limits of the test in terms of voltage, current, frequency,
time, etc., and include "As Found" and "As Leff' values.

C. Four (4) copies of the "Test Record Book" are to be submitted within thirty (30) days
after commissioning the PROJECT.

2.11 PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS

REVISIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tag to each and every individual equipment
including independent components to be installed under this CONTRACT which
DRAWN BY: have a material value of Five Thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000), or more. The
DATE: CONTRACTOR shall install Plant Tags adjacent to the Manufacturer's Data Plate or
CHK'DBY: at any other place approved by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The
J
CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tags by bolts and nuts, or rivets or welds, or
adhesives, as instructed in writing by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE,
depending on the type of equipment to be tagged. The CONTRACTOR shall
complete Plant Tagging before Technical completion.

B. At least sixty (60) days before completion of the installation of all equipment covered
under this CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY a list of all
equipment and independent components to be tagged, using the format of
COMPANY Form No. 16511 (2/10) Exhibit - I to the Job Specifications. Based on
this list, COMPANY shall assign Plant Tag Number to each item and
CONTRACTOR shall install the Plant Tags in accordance with this list. COMPANY
will, within one (1) month from the date of receipt of the list, issue to CONTRACTOR
the Plant Tags together with the list showing assigned Plant Tag Numbers. The
actual schedule shall be worked out with COMPANY's OAC-ElMAD.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required, assist the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in


locating all eqUipment identified by Plant Tag Numbers in accordance with the list
provided by the CONTRACTOR. .

P /-.-~ 2.12 CONTRACTOR! COMPANY's CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY


BY' ( -'

DATE, tIII.10.201I Contractor shall provide necessary office arrangements for SEC personaVCompany
consultants in the Contractor's temporary site office.

A. CONTRACTOR'S SITE OFFICE:


THIS DRAWING 18 N(fJ'
TO BE USED FOR
CONSfRUCI10N OR The CONTRACTOR shall install three temporary site offices at one of the
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL centralized location of substations at Hail, one at 8077 and one at 7782 prior to
CERTIFIED AND DATED
mobilization of any construction activity pertaining to the PROJECT. Proposal with
layout sketch of the Site office shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval. If the

[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 28
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

facilities located outside the COMPANY property/premises a written permission of


the owner of the land/premises shall be obtained by the CONTRACTOR and copy
furnished to the COMPANY for records.

B. SITE OFFICE FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF COMPANY/CONSULTANT

I The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary office arangements for SEC


personnel/COMPANY conultants in each of the CONTRACTOR'S temporary site
offices desribed in 2.12.A.

2.13 LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS

The CONTRACTOR and/or CONTRACTOR's SUBCONTRACTOR(s) shall strictly


REVISIONS
comply with the following Loss Prevention requirements, in addition to the
stipulations in Schedule A - General Terms and Conditions of CONTRACT:
DRAWN BY: o
DATE: Jl A. General Requirements
CHK'DBY:
,/ 1. Adherence to all applicable provisions of the COMPANY Accident Prevention
Manual and Construction Safety Manual (ISO Special Manual No. 6.483).

2. Compliance with the provisions of the COMPANY General Instructions on


WORK Permit and Clearance Procedure (G.!. #65.111). The CONTRACTOR
shall have an authorized employee with certificate to receive WORK Permit. If
the CONTRACTOR has no authorized employee, or has an employee with
expired certificate, he shall be responsible to coordinate with the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE for scheduling of WORK Permit training course. All
activities of the CONTRACTOR near or inside the substation shall be allowed
only after securing WORK Permit.

3. The CONTRACTOR shall submit his Loss Prevention Program to the


COMPANY sufficiently in advance to obtain COMPANY approval prior to
commencement of WORK at site. The Loss Prevention Programs shall contain
the following:

a. Cover Page complete with references, as follows:

CONTRACTOR's Name
]IV; ,~
~ ,
Title of Submittal
PROJECT Title and Location
DATE: 011.10.2011
CONTRACT Number
COMPANY's Name
Date of revision
THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE
CONSTRUCI10N
USED
OR
~R b. Table of Contents
FOR ORDERING
MATERJALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED c. CONTRACTOR's COMPANY Safety Policy Statement complete with
signature over printed name and title of CONTRACTOR's Management
REPRESENTATIVE.
[PTS- 11CM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 29
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

d. Specific program items (suitable for the SOW) that the CONTRACTOR
proposes to implement during the CONTRACT execution.

e. Attachments necessary to supplement the program.

PROJECT Table of Organization


Construction Schedule
Equipment Schedule
Manpower Schedule
CONTRACTOR'S standard forms for safety related reports
Temporary Facility layout
Location plan
Copy of valid certificate of first aid
REVISIONS
Curriculum Vitae of Safety Supervisor/Safety Engineer
DRA.WNBY: ()
4. The CONTRACTOR shall appoint qualified and approved by COMPANY, a
DATE: .6f_---1
"'4-
Safety Supervisor/Safety Engineer, to monitor, implement and administer the
1_--1
CIIK'DBY,+-
program for the entire safety of the PROJECT personnel & others from the
J
time of site mobilization to final handing over of the PROJECT. The Safety
Supervisor/Safety Engineer shall report directly to one level higher than the
PRJECT Manager. The Safety Engineer shall do the safety presentation of the
program prior to its approval by ISD/FF & LPD before site mobilization.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary personal protective clothing (Le.


head, eye, face, hand, and foot protection) and respiratory protective
equipment including personal protective equipment for fall protection such as
safety belts and lifelines, and implement wearing them.

6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and use adequate and suitable safety/
warning signs, cordon tapes, portable barricades, warning lights and personnel
protective equipment at the JOBSITE to protect the safety of COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR personnel and the public, and to prevent damage to property.

7. Provision of traffic warning or control warning devices when working near or


along roadways, for safety of personnel and the public. When required by the
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE, the CONTRACTOR shall provide personnel
//'-----:; (as flagman) to direct and maintain traffic in affected roadways.
BY, ( "'-"
8. The CONTRACTOR shall provide first aid facilities and must have a certified
DA'n.:: 08.10.2011
employee to administer first aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR). A
valid copy of first aide certificate shall be attached with the Loss Prevention
Program.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR 9. The CONTRACTOR shall refrain from using mechanized excavation
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING equipment within restricted areas unless cleared and permitted to do so.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
10. The CONTRACTOR shall request in advance a clearance for de-energizing the
interfacing points and observe grounding procedures.
[PTS-11CM01D-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 30
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

Ul--- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

11. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, 10 cards for his
employees and stickers for his vehicles/equipment prior to mobilization to site.

12. In order to prevent theft/loss of materials/equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall


take the necessary measures and precautions including but not limited to the

I following:

a. All materials provided or used in this CONTRACT shall be stored by the


CONTRACTOR in safe and secured locations even if stored for short
period of time.

b. If the equipment/materials are to be stored in the substation area for a


prolonged period, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that they are kept in
REVISIONS
locked containers or any other appropriate method of storage such that
the materials/equipment are not easily noticeable by people with
DRAWNBY:
intention of theft or pilferage. Moreover, such containers shall be placed
DATE:
at a distance from the fence/boundary wall.
CHK'DBY:
I
c. CONTRACTOR shall also consider other factors (Le. temperature,
humidity, etc.) affecting the storage of materials/equipment being stored
in containers, to avoid any damage during such storage period.

B. PROJECT InvolVing Elevated WORKS

1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit 'THE CERTIFICATION OF SAFE USAGE'


for his heavy equipment (Le. cranes and bucket trucks) to COMPANY, through
an independent agency authorized for such certification and correspondingly
stick with green safety sticker.

2. The CONTRACTOR's ladders shall conform to OSHA (Occupational Safety


and Health Administration) standard. Safety practices shall be followed in
positioning ladders. ScaffoldS shall be designed, built and inspected by a
competent engineer prior to its use.

C. PROJECT Involving Welding and Cutting Operations

1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable fire extinguishers to be used in case


of fire emergencies.
DATE: 08.10.2011
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the welding gas cylinders with suitable rack
that is equipped with security chain(s).

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


D. PROJECT near Energized Lines or Eguipment
TO BE USED FOR
CONsrRUCI'JON OR
FOR ORDERING Observe working clearances when working near or about energized line or
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED equipment as per COMPANY's Accident Prevention Manual. CONTRACTOR may
require coordinating with the COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIVE to work under
permission or NO TEST ORDER (NATO) provided line or Equipment will remain hot.
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 31
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

E. PROJECT Requiring the Use of Chemical(s)

Submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) of chemicals required or which are to be
used in the execution of the PROJECT.

I 2.14 SHUTDOWN AND OUTAGE COORDINATION

A. Planned outages of existing equipment which are required for CONTRACTOR's


WORK shall be minimized by CONTRACTOR during his PROJECT execution.

B. Where outages of existing equipment at substation or outage on overhead lines


cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all details of planned outages
REVISIONS
through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE with initial coordination during the base
design stage of the PROJECT.

C. As part of the CONTRACTOR's coordination activity (for the planned outage),


CONTRACTOR shall provide reasons, plans and detailed schedule for the planned
outages that will be subjected to COMPANY's review and approval.

D. COMPANY'S approval of planned outages shall be based solely on COMPANY'S


operational considerations.

E. CONTRACTOR shall note that, as a minimum requirement, COMPANY will consider


approval of CONTRACTOR'S proposed planned outages during low load periods
(during the period between November and March), and when CONTRACTOR shall
provide enough manpower at the outage site(s) to minimize the planned outage
time. The total outage on the line shall not exceed 40 working days on daily outage
basis.

F. For double circuit transmission line, CONTRACTOR shall retrofit the OPGW/OGW
while the line circuit on the other side of the tower is energized.

G. Whenever outages become very critical or impossible then contractor shall consider
hot work, all plans for hot work should be discussed and approved by the company
representatives. For critical line outages, CONTRACTOR may have to deploy at
least two working teams to start from both ends of the line.

BY:
i~~ H. No unplanned outages/disruption of COMPANY'S equipment or systems shall be
DATE: 08.10.2011
allowed to support the CONTRACTOR'S installation of any new equipment, or
CONTRACTOR'S movement/relocation of existing equipment at any site.

I. All outages shall be scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance. Any requested
THIS ORAWING IS NOT outage must be approved by the COMPANY at least two (2) working weeks before
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR actual WORK is carried out.
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
J. Prior to removal of existing protection panels and installing new protection panels,
laying of cables, testing of protective relays on the new panels and any other works,

[PTS- 11CM01 OMZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 32
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
U v-'
.. ~.t1 ~l t.J! _ l'u.C.Jt-
. <It"-.,...,.,..-
. _ ...1\ ~ .'.1\
v-
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

which do not require shutdown shall be carried out to minimize the outage to a bare
minimum. During the outage only relay settings, functional tests and end-to-end trip
tests shall be carried out. Testing of new panels shall be done after installation at the
final location.

2.15 WORKING HOURS

I During the construction phase of the Project, the Contractor shall work in the normal
working hours of the Company, l.e. 7:00AM to 3:00 PM unless otherwise instructed
by the Company. However for the work requiring outages, the Contractor shall be
prepared to work during low load season on weekends or nights, when outages are
feasible. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Company to get work permit
before commencing the job.
REVISIONS
2.16 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
DRAWNB'. -+11+---i
For Training requirements refer to Appendix - X
DATE:~
Y---t
QIK'DBY, 'I---t
I

END OF SECTION - II

DAn: 08.10.20]]

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING
MADRIALS UNTIL
CERTD1ED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 33
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION 11/ - SCOPE OF WORK

3.01 GENERAL

A CONTRACTOR shall provide 33kV and 13.8kV Shunt Capacitor Banks at the
respective substations mentioned in this SOW consisting of but not limited to the

I following major equipment/systems as indicated in this section on a Lump Sum


Turnkey (LSTK) Basis. All components and accessories required for the satisfactory
operation of the facilities of the PROJECT, whether specifically mentioned in detail
or not shall be supplied and installed as necessary.

B. The Bidder/CONTRACTOR shall visit the sites and make aware of the details of the
existing system/facilities. The modification WORK at the associated substations
shall be compatible with the existing system.
REVISIONS

C. The CONTRACTOR shall relocate the existing facilities as required for making
DIlAWNBYl space to install the new equipments under this project and handover all dismantled
DATE:
materials/equipment if any to COMPANY designated warehouse.
CHJ<'DBY, --<1f---1
v

3.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & FACILITIES

Note: The Design Ambient Temperature for all Outdoor Equipments shall be
55C as per 01-TMSS01, Rev.01

I. 5MVAr, 33kV Capacitor Bank

A. Capacitor Banks

33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 5MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.

33kV Capacitor Banks shall be provided in the following 132/33kV Substation:

DATE: 08.10.2011 # SUBSTATION NAME No.


1. 8914 2
2. 8915 1
3. 8918 1
THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED ~R 4. 8922 2
CONSTRUCI'lON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 34
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:

1. 33kV Shunt Capacitor Bank

The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
tested accordingly.

Ratings:

a. a-phase MVAr of the bank 5MVAr at 33kV bus (delivered power


at MV bus voltage)

REVISIONS
b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye

n c. Number of cans per Phase (*) See Note 2


DltAWN"BY:

DATI:: .J d. Installation Outdoor


CHK'DBY: 7
J
e. Normal Bus Operating 33kV L-L 19.05kV L-N
Voltage

f. Tuned Harmonic with zero 4.6,n order (279 Hz)


tolerance

g. BIL of the Capacitor Bank 250kVp

h. Power frequency withstand 95kVrms


voltage

i. BIL of individual Capacitor (*) See Note 2


Unit

j. Rated delivered Capacitive 88A


current at MV Bus

k. Minimum Continuous 119A


withstand current capability
including Harmonics

I. Maximum Ambient
DA.TI:: 08.10.2011 temperature

m. Fuse Protection Internal or External

THIS DRAWING lS NOT The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcrrON OR
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
FOR ORDERING 3"C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.
MATERlAlS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED
Capacitor bank must be able to carry continuously 1.35times the
fundamental frequency current flowing with rated voltage and power and
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 35
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

JI....-- _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1.1times fundamental frequency voltage (rms) at the 13.8kV bus


continuously.

Note:
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no

i
extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
review and approval.

ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The BIL of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.

2. 33kV De-Tuning Reactors


REVISIONS
The 33kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.
DRAWNBY:--- 0_-4
DAn;,.::r ...4_-1 The specification of the series reactors are as follows:
CBK'DBY, )1__---1
J

a. Quantity 3-single phase per


capacitor bank

b. Type Air-Core Outdoor

c. Rated ohms at 60 Hz 10.50

d. Inductance 28mH

e. Impulse withstand voltage 250kVp

f. Power frequency withstand voltage 95kVrms

g. Minimum continuous withstand current 119A


capability including Harmonics

h. Short time withstand current (*) See note

i. Peak momentary current 2.6 x Short time withstand


current kAp

j. Insulation class F
DATE: 08.10.2011

Note: The short circuit withstand current shall be furnished based on


optimum design by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to COMPANY for
THIS DRAWING IS NOT review and approval.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKI

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB QRDER NO. PTS- 36
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

J ----
l;j
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~ ~I e) - ,t.,.Jf5.\l~."a..wJl j"s.,)'lll
tl
..
~
.. 3. One (1) 33kV, Neutral unbalance current transformers.
~
4. One (1) 33kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its
class and burden shall be decided by the
~ Contractor)
~ 5. One (1) lot 33kV XLPEIAir (outdoor & indoor) type
~
terminations
6. One (1) lot ACSR conductor jumpers, clamps and
connectors required to connect the various
equipments
g .., .... ~

REVISIONS
7. One (1) lot Required Surge arresters for capacitor banks,
shall be provided and conform to 35-TMSS-Ol.
DRAWNBV:
0 Surge Arresters
DAm: ...A shall have Discharge Class 3 as minimum and
CRK'DBY: I higher class arrester shall be provided as
J required based on arrester sizing calculation.

- 8. Discharging Eguipment

Each Capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors and shall be


mounted inside the can to bring down the residual voltage to 50volts or less
within 5minutes after the Capacitor is disconnected from the peak of rated
voltage.

B. 33kV Switchgear (Indoor)

33kV, 1250A continuous at 40C ambient 25kA (sym) interrupting capability


SF6Nacuum interrupting medium metal clad indoor switchgear compatible to
the existing switchgear and suitable for capacitive current switching including
capacitor back-to-back switching and the same shall be proved with type test
reports. The switchgears shall be suitable to feed 5MVAr capacitor bank
proposed in this SOW and conform to COMPANY material standard 32-TMSS-
01, Rev.01. Required CTs and Bus side VTs as per protection requirement
.l:II!Il.Im!
shall also be provided.

33kV Switchgears shall be provided in the following 132133kVSubstations:


~
BY, I -'"
DATE: 01.10.2011
# SUBSTATION No. NOTE
NAME
1. 8914 Existing Switchgears is Hitachi
2
HB30FF
THIS ORAWING IS NOT 2. 8915 Existing Switchgears is Hitachi
1
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRucnON OR
HB30FF
FOR ORDERING 3. 8918 Existing Switchgears is Hitachi
MATERIAI..S UNTIL 1
CER~EDANDDATED HB30FF
4. 8922 Existing Switchgears is Hitachi
2
HB30FF
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 37
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Notes:
-i-.- Swapping and dismantling of existing feeders and breakers, if
required shall be carried out in case expansion is envisaged.
ii. Special tools as per AppendiX-XIII shall be provided.
iii. Control panel for the switchgear shall be provided as per existing
pattern in the station.

I
iv. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
ware house.

C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
Transformer is not available.

REVISIONS
D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)
panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
I>
proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the configurations other than that
DRAWNBY;
specified vide section 5.03.
DATE: Y
CllK'DBV:
/ E. HV Power Cables (33kv) & Termination

_ A lot 33kV single core 630mm2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
33kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.

F. Low Voltage Power and Control and Instrumentation (Shielded) Cables

Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.

G. Lighting System & Small Power

Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
lDIIm!! building.

H. AC/DC Auxiliarv Power Supply

DATE: 08.10.2011 CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
existing AC/OC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
THIS DRAWING IS NOT equipment/panels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR MCBs after modification /addition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
additional MCBs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS-llCM01Q-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS 38
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts

CONTRACTOR shall utilize/extend/modify/clean the existing cable carriers


(trays, conduits, ducts) in the substation wherever necessary for routing the HV
& LV power, control instrumentation and communication interface cables
required for this PROJECT.

I J. Grounding System

CONTRACTOR shall provide required grounding interconnections for all the


new equipment installed in this PROJECT to connect the existing grounding
grid. Grounding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.10 Rev.a.

K. Shielding System
REVISIONS

n CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
DKAWNBY:

J installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-


DATE:
119.07 Rev.O.
CHK'DBY: f
L. Protection

Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.

M. Cable supports

Lot: Supports and clamps for cables and terminations as required.

Note:

All Voltage Transformers shall have dual class (0.5/3P) accuracy.

II. 10MVAr, 33kV Capacitor Banks

A. Capacitor Banks

33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 10MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
DATE; 08.10.2011 Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
THIS DRAWING IS NOT and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI1ON OR
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
FOR ORDERING Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PlANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 39
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

J _
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

33kV Capacitor Banks shall be provided in the following 132/33kV Substation:

~ SUBSTATION NAME
1. 8077

Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:

i 1. 33kV Shunt Capacitor Bank

The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
tested accordingly.

REVISIONS Ratings:

DRAWN BY:
a. a-phase MVAr of the bank 10MVAr at 33kV bus (delivered
DATE; J power at MV bus voltage)
CHK'DBY: I
b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye

c. Number of cans per Phase (*) See Note 2

d. Installation Outdoor

e. Normal Bus Operating 33kV L-L 19.05kV L-N


Voltage

f. Tuned Harmonic with zero 4.6,n order (279 Hz)


tolerance

g. BIL of the Capacitor Bank 250kVp

h. Power frequency withstand 95kVrms


voltage

i. BIL of individual Capacitor (*) See Note 2


Unit

j. Rated delivered Capacitive 175A


current at MV Bus

DATE: OILI0.2011 k. Minimum Continuous 237A


withstand current capability
including Harmonics

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
I. Maximum Ambient
CONSTRUCfION OR temperature
FOR ORDERING
MA'lERlALS UNTIL
CER11FlED AND DATED m. Fuse Protection Internal or External

[PTS- 11CM01Q-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 40
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.

Capacitor bank must be able to carry continuously 1.35times the


fundamental frequency current flowing with rated voltage and power and

I
1.1times fundamental frequency voltage (rms) at the 13.8kV bus
continuously.

Note:

i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel


combination of units), and number of cans havinq merits (at no
extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
review and approval.
REVISIONS

n ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
DRAWN BY:
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The Bil of each unit
DATE: .J! shall be decided based on the number of units in series.
CHK'DBY: ~+---f
r
2. 33kV De-Tuning Reactors

The 33kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.

The specification of the series reactors are as follows:

a. Quantity 3-single phase per


capacitor bank

b. Type Air-Core Outdoor

c. Rated ohms at 60 Hz 5.30

d. Inductance 14mH

e. Impulse withstand voltage 250kVp

f. Power frequency withstand voltage 95kVrms

g. Minimum continuous withstand current 237A


capability including Harmonics
DATE: 01l.l0.2011
h. Short time withstand current (*) See note

i. Peak momentary current 2.6 x Short time withstand


THIS DRAWING IS NOT current kAp
TO BE USED FOR
CONS'fRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING j. Insulation class F
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 41
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Note: The short circuit withstand current shall be furnished based on


optimum design by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to COMPANY for
review and approval.

3. One (1) 33kV, Neutral unbalance current transformers.

i 4.

5.
One (1) 33kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its class
and burden shall be decided by the Contractor)

One (1) lot 33kV XLPElAir (outdoor & indoor) type


terminations
6. One (1) lot ACSR conductor jumpers, clamps and
connectors required to connect the various
REVISIONS
equipments
n
DRAWN BY:

.J 7. One (1) lot Required Surge arresters for capacitor banks,


DATE:
shall be provided and conform to 35-TMSS-01.
CHK'DBY: I
Surge Arresters
shall have Discharge Class 3 as minimum and
higher class arrester shall be provided as
required based on arrester sizing calculation.

8. Discharging Equipment

Each Capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors and shall be


mounted inside the can to bring down the residual voltage to 50volts or less
within 5minutes after the Capacitor is disconnected from the peak of rated
voltage.

B. 33kV Switchgear (Indoor)

33kV, 1250A continuous at 40C ambient 25kA (sym) interrupting capability


SF6Nacuum interrupting medium metal clad indoor switchgear compatible to
the existing switchgear and suitable for capacitive current switching including
capacitor back-to-back switching and the same shall be proved with type test
reports. The switchgears shall be suitable to feed 10MVAr capacitor bank
proposed in this SOW and conform to COMPANY material standard 32-TMSS-
01, Rev.01. Required CTs and Bus side VTs as per protection requirement
shall also be provided.
DAB: 08.10.1011
33kV SWitchgears shall be provided in the following 132133kV Substations:

# SUBSTATION No. NOTE


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
NAME
TO BE USED FOR 1. 8077 Existing Switchgears are Toshiba and
CONSTRUCfION OR 1
FOR ORDERING Merlin Gerin
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 42
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Notes:

v. Swapping and dismantling of existing feeders and breakers, if


required shall be carried out in case expansion is envisaged.
vi. Special tools as per Appendix-XIII shall be provided.
vii. Control panel for the switchgear shall be provided as per existing

I
pattern in the station.
viii. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
ware house.

C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
Transformer is not available.
REVISIONS
D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)
n panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
DRAWN BY:

J proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the configurations other than that


DATE:
"/ specified vide section 5.03.
CB:I:'DBY:
J
E. HV Power Cables (33kY) & Termination

A lot 33kV single core 630mm2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
33kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.

F. Low Voltage Power and Control and Instrumentation (Shielded) Cables

Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.

G. Lighting System & Small Power

Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the SWitchgear
building.

H. AC/DC Auxiliary Power Supply


DATE: 08.10.2011

CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
THIS DRAWING IS NOT existing AC/DC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR equipment/panels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
MCBs after modification /addition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
CERTIFIED AND DATED additional MCSs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.

[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS 43
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts

CONTRACTOR shall utilize/extend/modify/clean the existing cable carriers


(trays, conduits, ducts) in the substation wherever necessary for routing the HV
& LV power, control instrumentation and communication interface cables
required for this PROJECT.

I J. Grounding System

CONTRACTOR shall provide required grounding interconnections for all the


new equipment installed in this PROJECT to connect the existing grounding
grid. Grounding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.10 Rev.O.

K. Shielding System
REVISIONS

CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
DRAWNBV:
installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
DATE:
119.07 Rev.O.
CHK'DBY:

L. Protection

Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.

M. Cable supports

Lot: Supports and clamps for cables and terminations as required.

Note:

All Voltage Transformers shall have dual class (0.5/3P) accuracy.

III. 15MVArl 33kV Capacitor Banks

A. Capacitor Banks

33kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 15MVAr each with detuning
reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible operating
conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. Automatic
DAlE: 08.18.2C111 Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a Programmable
Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor banks. Capacitor
shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to sun light. Each
capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate with electrical
THIS DRAWING IS Nor and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live. The gate shall
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR
have permissive to open only after 10minutes following the de-energizing of
FOR ORDERING Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and 4.05.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZKj


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 44
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

33kV Capacitor Banks shall be provided in the following 132133kV Substation:

# SUBSTATION NAME No.


1. 8901 1
2. 8902 2
z
e 3. 8903 2
Ii: 4.
01 8904 3
~ 5. 8911 2

Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:

1. 33kV Shunt Capacitor Bank

REVISIONS The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
DRAWNBY: ...,()""---1 exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
D'''',~J +-_--I tested accordingly.
{_-I
CIIK'D B Y , j . . -
Ratings:

a. 3-phase MVAr of the bank 15MVAr at 33kV bus (delivered


power at MV bus voltage)

b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye

c. Number of cans per Phase (*) See Note 2

d. Installation Outdoor

e. Normal Bus Operating 33kV l-l 19.05kV l-N


Voltage

f. Tuned Harmonic with zero 4.6 10 order (279 Hz)


tolerance

g. Bil of the Capacitor Bank 250kVp

h. Power frequency withstand 95kVrms


voltage

i. Bil of individual Capacitor (*) See Note 2


DAlE: 08.10.2011 Unit

j. Rated delivered Capacitive 263A


current at MV Bus
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCf]ON OR k. Minimum Continuous 355A
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTll. withstand current capability
CERTIFIED AND DATED
including Harmonics

[PTS-11CM01Q-MZKI

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 45
C494 A OF o
11CM010 92
I HAIL SAUDI ARABIA I

J
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

I. Maximum Ambient 55C


temperature

m. Fuse Protection Internal or External

The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be

I
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3"C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.

Capacitor bank must be able to carry continuously 1.35times the


fundamental frequency current flowing with rated voltage and power and
1.1times fundamental frequency voltage (rms) at the 13.8kV bus
continuously.

REVISIONS
Note:
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
/ combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no
DRAWNBY:
11 extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
DATE:
review and approval.
CHK'DIY: I
ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The BIL of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.

2. 33kV De-Tuning Reactors

The 33kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.

The specification of the series reactors are as follows:

a. Quantity 3-single phase per


capacitor bank

b. Type Air-Core Outdoor

c. Rated ohms at 60 Hz 3.50

d. Inductance 9.3mH

e. Impulse withstand voltage 250kVp

DATE: 08.10.2011 f. Power frequency withstand voltage 95kVrms

g. Minimum continuous withstand current 355A


capability including Harmonics
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
h. Short time withstand current (*) See note
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED i. Peak momentary current 2.6 x Short time withstand
current kA p

[PTS- 11CM01 G-MZKj


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 46
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

j. Insulation class F

Note: The short circuit withstand current shall be furnished based on


optimum design by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to COMPANY for
review and approval.

I
3. One (1) 33kV, Neutral unbalance current transformers.

4. One (1) 33kV, single phase voltage transformer for


Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its class
and burden shall be decided by the Contractor)

5. One (1) lot 33kV XLPEIAir (outdoor & indoor) type


terminations
REVISIONS 6. One (1) lot ACSR conductor jumpers, clamps and
connectors required to connect the various
DRAWNBY~ I!
equipments
DATE, W
CBK"D BY, ./.../-----1 7. Required Surge arresters for capacitor banks,
One (1) lot
shall be provided and conform to 35-TMSS-01.
Surge Arresters
shall have Discharge Class 3 as minimum and
higher class arrester shall be provided as
required based on arrester siZing calculation.

8. Discharging Equipment

Each Capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors and shall be


mounted inside the can to bring down the residual voltage to 50volts or less
within 5minutes after the Capacitor is disconnected from the peak of rated
voltage.

B. 33kV Switchgear (Indoor)

33kV, 1250A continuous at 40C ambient 25kA (sym) interrupting capability


SF6Nacuum interrupting medium metal clad indoor switchgear compatible to
the existing switchgear and suitable for capacitive current switching including

o
capacitor back-to-hack switching and the same shall be proved with type test
reports. The switchgears shall be suitable to feed 15MVAr capacitor bank
BY:~ proposed in this SOW and conform to COMPANY material standard 32-TMSS-
DATE: 08.10.2.011
01, Rev.01. Required CTs and Bus side VTs as per protection requirement
shall also be provided.

33kV Switchgears shall be provided in the following 132133kV Substations:


mlS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR # SUBSTATION No. NOTE
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING NAME
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
1. 8901 1 Existing Switchgears Westinghouse
2. 8902 Existing Switchgears Hitachi, ABB &
2
Schneider
[PTS 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 47
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3. 8903 2 Existing Switchgears is Merlin Gerin


4. 8904 3 Existing Switchgears is Merlin Gerin
5. 8911 2 Existing Switchgears Hitachi

Notes:

i. Swapping and dismantling of existing feeders and breakers, if


required shall be carried out in case expansion is envisaged.
ii. Special tools as per Appendix-XIII shall be provided.
iii. Control panel for the switchgear shall be provided as per existing
pattern in the station.
iv. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
ware house.
REVISIONS
C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
DIlAWNBY: n capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
DATE: J Transformer is not available.
CHK'DBY: /
D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)
panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the configurations other than that
specified vide section 5.03.

E. HV Power Cables (33kY) & Termination


2
Lot: 33kV single core 630mm (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
33kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.

F. Low Voltage Power and Control and Instrumentation (Shielded) Cables

Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage ACIDC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.

G. Lighting System & Small Power

Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
DAn:: 01,10.2011 three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
building.

THIS DRAwINe IS NOT H. AC/DC Auxiliary Power Supply


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
MAmRIALS UNTIL
CERTlFIED AND DATED distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchqears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
existing AC/DC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 48
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

equipment/panels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare


MCBs after modification /addition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
additional MCSs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.

I. Cable Travs/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts

I CONTRACTOR shall utilize/extend/modify/clean the existing cable carriers


(trays, conduits, ducts) in the substation wherever necessary for routing the HV
& LV power, control instrumentation and communication interface cables
required for this PROJECT.

J. Grounding System

CONTRACTOR shall provide required grounding interconnections for all the


REVISIONS
new equipment installed in this PROJECT to connect the existing grounding
grid. Grounding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
DRAWNBY:
o 119.10 Rev.O.
DATE: .1 K. Shielding System
CHK"DBY:
J
I
CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.07 Rev.O.

L. Protection

Existing 33kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the new
provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to AppendiX - VII for protection requirement.

M. Cable supports

Lot: Supports and clamps for cables and terminations as required.

All Voltage Transformers shall have dual class (0.5/3P) accuracy.

IV. 5MVAr, 13.8kV Capacitor Banks

A. Capacitor Banks
DATE: 08.10.2011
13.8kV shunt capacitor banks to deliver net output of 5MVAr each with
detuning reactor connected in series to prevent resonances at all possible
operating conditions. The capacitor bank shall be as per 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT Automatic Control of Capacitor Banks (ACCS) shall be provided through a
TO BE USED FOR
CONsrRUCI10N OR
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) to control the switching of Capacitor
FOR ORDERING banks. Capacitor shall be provided with sun shade to avoid direct exposure to
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED sun light. Each capacitor bank shall be provided with separate fence and gate
with electrical and mechanical interlock to prevent entry when the bank is live.
The gate shall have permissive to open only after 1Ominutes following the de-
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 49
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

energizing of Capacitor bank. For design criteria, refer to section 4.04 and
4.05.

13.8kV Capacitor Banks shall be provided in the following 33/13.8kV


Substation:

I No.
# SUBSTATION NAME
1. 7780 2
2. 7782 2

Each capacitor bank shall include but not limited to the following:

1. 13.8kV Shunt Capacitor Bank

REVISIONS The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or
DRAWNBY: exceed the requirement of the following technical specification and shall be
(/
DATE:
~
tested accordingly.
(]IK'D BV, -+-_-1
Ratings:

a. 3-phase MVAr of the bank 5MVAr at 13.8kV bus (delivered


power at MV bus voltage)

b. Configuration 3-phase, Un-grounded, Double Wye

c. Number of cans per Phase (*) See Note 2

d. Installation Outdoor

e. Normal Bus Operating 13.8kV t-t, 7.96kV LoN


Voltage

f. Tuned Harmonic with zero 4.6'" order (279 Hz)


tolerance

g. Bil of the Capacitor Bank 125kVp

h. Power frequency withstand 50kVrms


.(~~~
voltage
BY:
i. Bil of individual Capacitor (*) See Note 2
DATE: 08.10.2011
Unit

j. Rated delivered Capacitive 210A


current at MV Bus
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON
FOR
OR
ORDERING
k. Minimum Continuous 283A
MA'IEJUAlS UNTIL withstand current capability
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
including Harmonics

[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK 8< TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 50
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

I. Maximum Ambient 55C


temperature

m. Fuse Protection Internal or External

The capacitor bank shall be designed in such a way that they should be

I
thermally stable. Case hot spot temperature variation should be less than
3C for a period of 24 hours when energized at test voltage.

Capacitor bank must be able to carry continuously 1.35times the


fundamental frequency current flowing with rated voltage and power and
1.1times fundamental frequency voltage (rms) at the 13.8kV bus
continuously.

Note:
REVISIONS
i. CONTRACTOR may propose an arrangement (series parallel
combination of units), and number of cans having merits (at no
DRAWN BY:
y extra cost to COMPANY), at base design stage for COMPANY
DATE:
review and approval.
CHK'DBY:

ii. The number of cans per phase (*) shall be decided by the
CONTRACTOR based on optimum design. The Bil of each unit
shall be decided based on the number of units in series.

2. 13.8kV De-Tuning Reactors

The 13.8kV De-Tuning reactors, one in each phase of the capacitor circuit,
shall conform to 58-TMSS-02, Rev.O.

The specification of the series reactors are as follows:

a. Quantity 3-single phase per


capacitor bank

b. Type Air-Core Outdoor

c. Rated ohms at 60 Hz 1.85 n

d. Inductance 4.9mH

e. Impulse withstand voltage 125kVp

DATE: 08.10.2Ol1 f. Power frequency withstand voltage 50kVrms

g. Minimum continuous withstand current 283A


capability including Harmonics
mis DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED
CONSTRUcnON
FOR
OR
h. Short time withstand current (*) See note
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CEllTIFIED AND DATED i. Peak momentary current 2.6 x Short time withstand
current kAp

[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 51
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

j. Insulation class F

Note: The short circuit withstand current shall be furnished based on


optimum design by the CONTRACTOR and submitted to COMPANY for
review and approval.

i
3. One (1) 13.8kV, Neutral unbalance current
transformers.
4. One (1) 13.8kV, single phase voltage transformer for
Neutral Displacement voltage protection (its
class and burden shall be decided by the
Contractor)

5. One (1) lot 13.8kV XLPEIAir (outdoor & indoor) type


REVISIONS
terminations
f)
6. One (1) lot ACSR conductor jumpers, clamps and
DRAWN BY:
connectors required to connect the various
DATE: ../ equipments
CHK'DBY: /
J
7. One (1) lot Required Surge arresters for capacitor banks,
shall be provided and conform to 35-TMSS-
01. Surge Arresters
shall have Discharge Class 3 as minimum
and higher class arrester shall be provided as
required based on arrester sizing calculation.

8. Discharging Equipment

Each Capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors and shall be


mounted inside the can to bring down the residual voltage to 5Ovolts or less
within 5minutes after the Capacitor is disconnected from the peak of rated
voltage.

B. 13.8kV Switchgear (Indoor)

13.8kV, 1250A continuous at 40C ambient 25kA (sym) interrupting capability


SF6Nacuum interrupting medium metal clad indoor switchgear compatible to
the existing switchgear and suitable for capacitive current switching including
/"S capacitor back-to-back switching and the same shall be proved with type test
BY, \ reports. The switchgears shall be suitable to feed 5MVAr capacitor bank
DATE: 08.10.2011
proposed in this SOW and conform to COMPANY material standard 32-TMSS-
01, Rev.01. Required CTs and Bus side VTs as per protection requirement
shall also be provided.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCflON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED

[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 52
C494 A OF 0
llCM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
ti SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~I ~I e) - 1'l.:iJt11l4l~I4s~1
e
8
~
8 13.8kV Switchgears shall be provided in the following 33113.8kV Substations:
e
# SUBSTATION No. NOTE
NAME
1. 7780 Existing SWitchgears are Calor Emag
2
andABB
~
c'"
2. 7782
2
Existing Switchgears are Merlin Gerin
andABB
f3
" Notes:

i. Swapping and dismantling of existing feeders and breakers, if


required shall be carried out in case expansion is envisaged.
d ~ N ~
ii. Special tools as per Appendix-XIII shall be provided.
z
REVISIONS
iii. Control panel for the switchgear shall be provided as per existing
pattern in the station.
DRAWNBY: n iv. Dismantled material if any shall be handed over to SEC designated
DATE: .r ware house.
CHKOOBY, -r
J C. Lot: Three phase Voltage Transformer with removable Bus bar links with
voltage ratio similar to the existing VTs for the Bus bar sections to which
Am!!!lllI! capacitor banks to be connected shall be provided wherever Bus Bar Voltage
Transformer is not available.

D. Capacitor Control Panels Automatic Capacitor Control System (ACCS)


panel(s) as specified under section 5.03. Suitable control logic shall be
proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the configurations other than that
specified vide section 5.03.

E. HV Power Cables (13.8kY) & Termination

A lot 13.8kV single core 630mm 2 (min) copper conductor XLPE insulated
underground cable single run for connecting the outdoor capacitor banks to the
13.8kV indoor and outdoor switchgears as applicable including required indoor
and outdoor terminations.

F. Low Voltage Power and Control and Instrumentation (Shielded) Cables

~ Multi-core and/or multi pair control cables and low voltage AC/DC and shielded
instrumentation and communication interface cables, as necessary to
.., 0, interconnect various substation equipment and devices to achieve a complete
working system for this PROJECT. Complete with conduits and trays.
DATE: 08.10.2011

G. Lighting System & Small Power

Outdoor lighting system for the capacitor banks area and outdoor type single
THlS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
three phase power socket outlet for testing purpose. Indoor normal/emergency
CONSrRUCfION OR lighting system shall be provided for the expanded portion of the switchgear
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL building.
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS-11CM010-MZKI
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OFWORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 53
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

H. AC/DC Auxiliary Power Supply

CONTRACTOR shall utilize the existing feeder outlets from the existing AC/DC
distribution panels to meet the AC/DC load requirement of the proposed
switchgears, control and protection schemes. CONTRACTOR shall add/modify
existing AC/DC panels if necessary for the requirement of new
equipmenVpanels proposed in this PROJECT. There shall be 20% spare
MCSs after modification laddition, if 20% spare MCB are not maintained
additional MCBs shall be provided to maintain the 20% spare.

I. Cable Trays/Ladders/Conduits/Ducts

CONTRACTOR shall utilizelextend/modify/clean the existing cable carriers


(trays, conduits, ducts) in the substation wherever necessary for routing the HV
REVISIONS
& LV power, control instrumentation and communication interface cables
required for this PROJECT.
DRAWN BY:
J. Grounding System
DATE:

CBK'DBY:
CONTRACTOR shall provide required grounding interconnections for all the
new equipment installed in this PROJECT to connect the existing grounding
grid. Grounding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.10 Rev.O.

K. Shielding System

CONTRACTOR shall provide shielding system for the outdoor capacitor banks
installed. Shielding shall be as per COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-
119.07 Rev.O.

L. Protection

Existing 13.8kV Bus bar protection scheme shall be modified to include the
new provided CBs. Required protection for capacitor banks and protection
modification required for the rearranged incomer and feeders shall be
provided. Refer to Appendix - VII for protection requirement.

M. Cable supports

Lot: Supports and clamps for cables and terminations as required.

BY:
0~ Note:
DATE: 08.10.2011
All Voltage Transformers shall have dual class (0.5/3P) accuracy.

THIS DRA WINe IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI10N OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNI'JL
CERTIJi'IED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 54
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING REQUIREMENTS

A. CONTROL SYSTEM

Control System for 33kV and 13.8kV Switchgears

I The following control levels shall be provided for the 33kV and 13.8kV circuit
breakers control:

i. Control from the 33kV and 13.8kV switchgear panels and Supervisory Control
from Power Control Center (PCG) via the SCADA system, for all breakers.
Local control facility shall be provided in the switchgear with "LOR" selector
g fO'> N _ switch.
REVISIONS
ii. Automatic Capacitor Control shall be provided for each 33kV and 13.8kV
DRAWN BY:
capacitor banks.
DATE:

CHK'DBY:
B. PROTECTIVE AND RELAYING REQUIREMENT
/

For Protective Relaying and Transient Fault Recorder requirement, refer to


Appendix-VII

3.04 Electrical Eguipment Interlocking

The CONTRACTOR shall provide and install all applicable electrical interlocking
facitities required for the 33kV and 13.8kV switchgears provided in this project in
accordance with Section 5.06 of this document and as per Appendix-VII (Protection
Requirement). There shall be a delay of minimum 1Ominutes between each opening
and closing of capacitor banks.

3.05 METERING REQUIREMENTS

The metering requirements of the capacitor banks as indicated in the Relaying and
Metering drawing CT-904241 shall be provided as minimum and shall meet the
requirements specified in TES-P-119.31. The meters shall be provided on each of
the respective control panels and metering panel as applicable. The scale of the
meters shall be as per Clause 5.04.

3.06 ALARM I ANNUNCIATOR REQUIREMENTS


DATE: 08.10.2011
Provide and upgrade/add/modify alarm/annunciation panels at the involved
substations to accommodate all alarms associated with the equipment being
provided under this project. The list of alarms to be provided shall be as per 38-
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TMSS-05.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 D-MZKI


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 55
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
~~l tiI...W\ t.) - ~4,A1ll4l~1 ~~l
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~

~
~
3.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITON (SCADA)
~
For SCADA refer to Appendix-IX.

For each capacitor banks the following additional points shall be provided:
Current
~ MVAr
B Voltage
l:I
~

3.08 MECHANICAL WORK

Separate stand-alone HVAC units with 200% capacity (100% spare) shall be
0
z '" N ~
provided for the expanded portion of switchgear room, control room and the new
REVISIONS constructed room as applicable. HVAC system shall be as per 73-TMSS-01 Rev.O.
However, the Air Conditioning shall be similar to the Existing.
DRAWNRV: 17
DAlE: J 3.09 CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK
CHK'DBY:
-/
I
For Civil and Structural work, refer to Appendix-VIII
4ml!lUOl!
3.10 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

Contractor shall provide necessary fire detection/alarm, fire protection system and
fire equlpment similar to the existing for the expanded portion of the switchgear
room/control room and for the equipments and capacitor banks provided in this
project. New fire protection system provided/added shall be as per TES-P-19.21 and
to be integrated with the existing fire protection system. All additional detectors,
audible alarm devices, and other associated equipments shall be connected to and
compatible with the existing system.

3.11 PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS

A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and
drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01, as a minimum.

.!JOIlIII:IE!!
Table 3.01

I~ INDEX TITLE
Bid Base
Design
Detail &
Construct.
As-
.y,~ Stage Built
Stage Stage Stage
DATE: 08.10.2011
A EQuipmentlMaterials
33kV and 13.8kV XLPE Power Cables X X
33kV and 13.8kV XLPE Cable sealina ends X X
THIS ORAWING IS NOT 33kV and 13.8kV Capacitors and De-Tuning X X
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR Reactors
FOR ORDERING Automatic Capacitor Control Panels X X X, IV X
MATEJUALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED 33kV and 13.8kV Switch!:lear X X
LV Power and Control Cables X
Outdoor lighting Fixtures, including Receptacles X

[PTS- 11 CM01 D-MZKI


PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PT$- 56
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
e SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~I ~ e..>i - J<4..>f.S1I41.jLwJ1 ~jJJI
@

~
Cable Tray System X
i Various Control, Protective Relays & Metering
X X
Instrument and Devices, SCADA, Indication
Instruments and Devices WI Manuals ICataloaue
Relay Application/Installation I Commissioning
Manuals X
z
e Groundino System Material, Joints, etc. X
~ Shieldina Svstem, Material etc X
~ Site Layout/Plot Plan X X,I X
A Design Calculations
Electrical system study requirement for capacitor X X X
bank installation
33kV and 13.8kV Capacitor Banks X X,IV
g ~

REVISIONS
N
- 33kV and 13.8kV Cable Sizing & Ampacity
Calculations
X X,IV

Lighting and Shielding System Design X X,IV X


Calculations
()
DRAWN BY:
PT Calculation to suooort Burden Ratina X X,IV X
DATE: ~ Liahtina Svstem Desian Calculations X X,IV X
CHK'DBY: Civil Desian Philosoohv X XIV X

-
Fire Protection Svstem Desian X XIV X
Structural Calculations of 33113.8kV S1Gbuildino X X IV X
Design Calculations of outdoor equipment steel X,IV X
suooortino structures
LV Cable Sizing and Amoacitv Calculations X X,IV X
Relav Aoolication X XIV X
Relay Setting Calculations along with all X,III X
eauioment related data
33kV and 13.8kV Short Circuit Calculations and X X,IV X
Capacitor switching current and voltage
calculations Breaker Selection
PROJECT PERT/CPM Schedule for Monitoring
and Control Activities X
CONTRACTOR's Loss Prevention Program
X
Site Security Plan X
QAlQC Plan X
Insoection and Test Plan X
Factory Test Procedure
X
Eauioment Demonstration Package X
Site Test Procedure X
lJlIII:W!'.I!
A Schedule showing the outages requirements for X X
f/-~ the PROJECT on the ongoing protect facilities
P Abbreviations, Svmbols and Leaend X X,IV X
~ Switchina One-Une Diaaram X X,IV
BV: X
DATE: 08.10.2011 Relavina and Meterina One-Line Diaaram X X IV X
Comoosite AC Schematic Diaarams X X VI X
AC Comoosite Three Line Diaaram X X VI X
DC Comoosite Schematic for Protection X X. VI X
DC Composite Schematic for Control X X, VI X
TKIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR Logic Flow Diaaram for Interlocking Scheme X X, VI X
CONSTRUcnON OR Panel Wiring Diagrams for Relay, Control X, VI X
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL Annunciator SCADA Interlace, Fault Recorder
CERTIFIED AND DATED Substation EQuioment Layout X X,II X
Substation Eauioment Details X X,IV X
Interconnection Diaarams X,VI X

[PT&- 11CMOlD-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INOEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 57
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
~ SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~I ~l t.;S - I'~ 4l.......,J1 ~~\
~

~
[> Substation Groundina Details X X,II X
a Substation Racewav and Cablina Plan X X,IV X
Substation Racewav and Cablina Details X X,IV X
Buildino Equipment Arranoement Plan/Sections X X,IV X
Substation Outdoor Equipment Arrangement X X, II X
Plan/Sections
z Conduit Plan and Details X, IV X
Si
Cable and Conduit Schedule X IV X
~
o Substation Outdoor LightingIPower Layout and X X,IV X
~ Details
Interlock Scheme X X VI X
AC and DC Panel Wiring Diagram and Schematics X,VI X
including LVAC Automatic Transfer Scheme for
ACSystem
AC/DC Auxiliary One-Line Dlaqram X X, IV X
g ~ N ~

AC/DC Panel board Schedule X,IV X


REVISIONS SCADA Drawina Standard Svmbols X X IV X
Function Diaaram X X,IV X
IJ Handover Book Sheets X IV X
DKAWNBY:
SCADA Sinole Line Dlaoram X,VI X
DAlE: If SCADA lnterconnectlnq Diaqram Status X VI X
CHK'DBY:
-I SCADA Interconnectinq Dlaqram Control X VI X
SCADA Interconnectino Dlaqrarn Analoq X,IV X
Fire Alarm and Detection System EqUipment X X, IV X
4m\lm;l!
Layout, Interconnection Riser Diagrams &
Equipment MountinQ Details
Fire Fiqhtino Equipment Layout X X IV X
Annunciator System Equipment Layout. X X, IV X
Interconnection Dlauram & Mountino Details
Communications and Electrical PowerlGrounding X X,IV X
Cable Routing Detail (for Fiber Optics Terminal
Equipment)
Electrical Grounding Cable Interconnection Detail X X,IV X
- Fiber Optics TerminalEQuipment Link
Protective Relay Circuit Interconnections (with X X,IV X
Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment)
33kVand l3.8kV Cable Termination X X,IV X
Arranaements Plan Section and Details
Duct Bank Lavout and Details X X,IV X
Cable TunnelslTrenches Layout and Details X X, IV X
Vendor Drawinas X X X IV X
Revision of Existing System Drawings (if X X X,IV X
aoolicable)
~ K
Q General Notes (Design Methodology, Design Data, X X,III X

BY' (
/ S~ Concrete Rebars, Forrnwork etc.l
Cable basement Foundation Plan, Sections and X X,III X
DAlE: 08.10.2011 Details (for Switchqear BuildinQ)
Ground Floor FraminQ Plan (S/G BuildinQ) X XIII X
Ground Floor Beams, Longitudinal and Cross X,1I1 X
Sections with Rebar Details(S/G BuildinQ)
Roof Framino Plan (S/G Buildinq) X X,III X
THIS DRAWING IS Nor Roof Beams, Longitudinal and Cross Sections with X, III X
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUcnON OR Rebar Details (S/G Buildinq)
FOR ORDERING Ground Floor Slab Rebar Details & Sections (all X,III X
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED Buildinas)
Roof Slab Rebar Details & Sections (S/G Buildino) X III X
Column & Footinq Layout, Sections and their X X,III X

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 58
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
Ii SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY 'i;i~ ~I e.) - ~~jf5.Il ~.".....Jl 4.s~1
I:i

~
Rebar Details (S/G Buildinal
~ Staircase Lavout, Sections & Rebar Details X X,III X
Typical Rebar Arrangement Details at Beam X,III X
Column Junction, Column Footing Junction and
Beam Slab Junction
Steel Bending Details XIII X
33kV and 13.8kV Duct Bank Layout and Details X,III X

..~
u
Manhole/Hand hole Sections and Rebar Details
Trench and Duct Bank Lavout & Sections
X
X
X, III
X III
X
X
~ Building Roof Plan and Details (S/G Building) X X,1I1 X
Buildina Sections and Elevations (S/G Buildinal X XIII X
Wall Sections and Details (S1G Buildina) X X,III X
Buildina Finish Schedule (S/G Buildina) X X III X
Door and its Hardware SChedule (All Buildinas) X X, III X
0
z ~ ... - Basement Floor Plan, Sump Pit and Drainage
Channel Details (S/G Buildina)
Design & Fabrication drawings for Steel
X X,III X

REVISIONS M X X,III X
Supporting Structure of SA, AirlXLPE Cable
/7 Sealina End
DRAWN BY:
Steel Checkered Plate Layout and its Supporting X,1I1 X
DATE: .:f Framing and Details
CHK'DBYl 7 Layout of outdoor Equipment Sections and Details X X,1I1 X
/
Additional Drawings as Specified in Appendix-VI X X, VI X
S
~
T System Interconnection Diagram (for X X, VI X
Interconnection of Communication Equipment with
SCADA and Protective Relavs )
X Drawing Control List X X,I X

X - Indicates requirement for submission.

The requirements indicated under column "Detail & Construction Stage" shall be
submitted in groups (I to VI) as indicated against each item. The time schedule for
the submittal of each group shall be finalized during base design. Partial submittal
of calculations/drawings in any group will not be accepted.

Notes to the Above Table:

1. Bid Stage

a. The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
lDI.ll:!m
i. Data Schedule completely filled-up and stamped by the respective
.~
BY,' -.,
equipment vendors.

DATE: 08.10.2011 ii. Equipment catalogues makes, type and technical parameters duly
highlighted.

iii. Certified type Test report of all major equipment.


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR iv. Clause by clause compliance statement of the COMPANY's
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
Material Standards Specification.
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
v. List of past supplies.

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 59
C494 A OF 0
l1CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

vi. Vendor drawings.

b. The following shall also be provided:

i. Compliance statement for the scope of WORK as per PTS-


11CM010

I 2.
ii. List of deviations, if any.

Base Design Stage

Final approval of major equipment (indicated under bid stage, Table 3.01, after
all deviations have been resolved) shall be obtained.

The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
REVISIONS

a. Design calculations
DRAWN BY: ---V-()--i
b. Original manufacturer's drawings and literatures
DATE:"-(- d_---t c. Design drawings
CB:K'DBY:,-- I_-i d. Final data schedules
e. Final clause by clause compliance statement
f. Vendor drawings

3. Final Design and Construction Drawings Stage

a. Final Design Drawings

i. Final design drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in


the table

ii. Final design calculation for the PROJECT and additional


calculations, if required

iii. Final approval of design drawings, after incorporating all comments


of COMPANY, shall be obtained.

iv. Vendor drawings

b. Construction Drawings

i. Final construction drawings shall be provided for each indicated


item in the table.
DATE: 08.10.2tJ1l
ii. Revised final construction drawings shall be provided, if required.

4. As-Built Stage
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE
CONSTRUCTION
USED
OR
FOR As-built drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the table as per
FOR ORDERING SEEDS-II, Rev.1.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED
B. Along with final detail design package, CONTRACTOR shall submit the following as
per SEEDS-II, Rev.1 in Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) files:
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 60
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1. Design Drawings
2. Design Calculations
3. Material Data Schedule
4. Equipment Catalogue

Each discipline documents shall be arranged in a separate folder designated by


discipline's name. Contractor shall furnish the same in a CD.

The revision numbers and notes reflecting the changes made throughout the design
shall be retained in the submitted final detail design drawings. Also, the input and
output files for design calculations carried out by computer programs shall be
furnished.
REVISIONS
All PDF files shall have no open or change security password.
DRAWN BY:

f/ 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS


DATE:

CBK'DBY: )(f
A. General
/
i. A modified switching diagram on 1000mm x 600mm laminated board to
replace the existing switching diagram and showing the new additions shall
be fixed on the wall at the existing place where the present switching One
Line Diagram is placed in the 132kV/33kV 33/13.8kV Switchgear rooms.

ii. The necessary modification and/or relocation of any existing


structures/equipment and utilities which may be coming in the way of the
substation reinforcemenVexpansion WORK.

Iii. All existing equipmenVmaterials replaced by the new equipmenVmaterials or


those which becomes out of service due to implementation of this PROJECT
shall be dismantled/packed, transported and stored in a proper way at the
COMPANY designated warehouse.

B. Special tools & Eguipments

For Special tools & Equipments requirements refer to Appendix-XIII

3.13 PROJECT INTERFACE


DATE: 08.10.2011
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with Substation Maintenance Department - Centra
(SMD-C) and Distribution Engineering Department (DED) for details of various
equipments, existing underground, cable route plan, shifting / swapping of cable
TH~ ORAWING is N(Jf
feeders etc. in the involved substations.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTmED AND DATED

[PTS-11CM010-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 61
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3.14 STANDARDS. CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

All WORKS equipment and material covered by this document shall conform to the
latest edition of the COMPANY's Material Standard Specifications supplemented
with latest applicable industry Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest
edition of each Standard and Specification shall mean the latest edition specified

i hereunder.

The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the folloWing Standards, Codes and
Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise accepted by a
written waiver from COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent"
Standards and Specifications if such standards and specifications are equal to or
better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the
COMPANY.
REVISIONS

DRAWN BY: 0
A. COMPANY Materials Standard Specifications
DATE: A 01-TMSS-01 General ReqUirements for All Equipment/Materials
CBK'DBY, ~--f-7_--1
v (Rev. 01)

10-TMSS-05 Bare Copper-Clad steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod


(Rev.1)

11-SDMS-03 15kV XLPE Insulated Power Cables


(Rev.1)

11-TMSS-10 Power and control Cable, Cu or AI conductor, 600/1000V Rating


(Rev. 0)

11-SMSS-11 Instrumentation Cables, Shielded


(Rev. 2)

12-SDMS-01 Cable Joints, Termination and Accessories up to 36kV


(Rev.O)

23-TMSS-01 PVC Conduits and Fittings for Underground Cables


(Rev. 0)

23-TMSS-02 Duct Sealing Unit


(Rev. 0)
DATE: OIUO.20ll

24-TMSS-01 Metallic Cable Tray Systems


(Rev. 0)
rms DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR 31-TMSS-01 Relay and Control Panels
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING (Rev. 0)
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFII!DAND DATED
31-TMSS-02 Auxiliary AC/DC Panels
(Rev. 0)
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 62
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

31-TMSS-06 Terminal Blocks


(Rev. 0)

32-TMSS-01 Metal Clad Switchgear 11kV, 13.8kV, 33kV or 36kV


(Rev.01)

35-TMSS-01 Surge Arresters 11kV through 380kV


(Rev. 0)

37-TMSS-03 LV Circuit Breakers


(Rev.O)

38-TMSS-03 Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)


REVISIONS
(Rev. 01)
DRAWN BY: - f()---t
,'-
38-TMSS-04 Sequence of Events Recorder System
4_-1
DA""-J!E!:-
(Rev. 0)
CHl<'DBY'f- 1_-1
38-TMSS-05 Annunciator Systems
(Rev. 0)

40-TMSS-02 Metering Devices


(Rev. 0)

43-TMSS-01 Shunt Capacitor Bank, Substation Type, 13.8kV thru' 380kV


(Rev. 0)

50-TMSS-01 Current Transformer, 11kV thru' 380kV


(Rev. 0)

50-TMSS-03 Potential Transformer, 33kV thru' 380kV


(Rev. 0)

54-TMSS-01 Mineral Insulating Oil for Electrical Apparatus


(Rev.01)

58-TMSS-02 Air Core Series Reactor, 13.8kV through 380kV


(Rev. 0)
DATE: 08.10.2011
70-TMSS-02 Chain Link Fence
(Rev. 0)

70-TMSS-03 Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland cement Concrete


THIS ORAWINe IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR (Rev. 0)
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
73-TMSS-01 Packaged Air Conditioning Units.
(Rev. 0)

[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO.
PTS- 63
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

90-TMSS-03 Portable Fire Extinguishers


(Rev. 0)

B. COMPANY Engineering Standards

TES-B-106.01 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems


(Rev. 0)

SES-H-001 Painting Standards


(Rev. 0)

SES-H-001.01 Paint Color Codes and Standards


(Rev. 3)
REVISIONS
TES-P-104 Underground Cable Engineering Standards
DRAWN BY: f)
TES-P-119 Substation Design Standards
DATE: J (Rev.01)
CllK'DBY: t
J
TES-P-119.37 Short Circuit Calculation for Substation Equipment

TES-P-122.01 Basic Design Requirements

TES-S-101 Safety and Security Standards


(Rev. 0)

TES-T-111.02 Communication Facility Grounding


(Rev.O)

SES-T-556 Circuit Quality and Performance


(Rev.O)

SES-W-1 General Welding Criteria


(Rev. 0)

C. COMPANY Construction Standards

TCS-P-104.01 General Requirements

TCS-P-104.02 Cable Reels Handling and Storage


DATE: 08.10.2011

TCS-P-104.03 Trenches and Ducts

TCS-P-104.06 Cable Installation, Field Handling Procedures


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE usm FOR
CON5I1lUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
TCS-P-104 Underground Cable Installation Standards
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
TCS-P-105 Pre-Commissioning Tests/Procedures for SEC Transmission
(Rev.O) Electrical Installations
[PT&- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 64
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

TCS-Q-113.01 Asphalt Concrete Paving


(Rev. 0)

TCS-Q-113.02 Earthworks
(Rev. 0)

I TCS-Q-113.03
(Rev. 0)

TCS-P-122.01
(Rev.O)
Cast-In-Place Concrete

Safety

TCS-P-122-02 Material Handling


(Rev.O)
REVISIONS

TCS-P-122-05 Installation of Steel Structure Foundations


DltAWN.lY:
(Rev.O)
DATI::

CHK'DBY: -...,7'-----1 TCS-P-122-06 Assembly and Erection of Steel Structures


/
(Rev.O)

TCS-T-111.Q1 Acceptance/Commissioning, Test and Inspection of


Communications Network Equipment

SCS-T-557 Underground Communication (Telephone/Optical Fiber/Pilot)


(Rev.O) Cable Installation Standards

D. COMPANY Standard Drawings

TA-800001 High/Low Bus Support & Disconnect Switch Structure


(Rev.D)

TD-800007 Standard Sign - Danger High Voltage Keep Away


(Rev.D)

SC-036128 Anchor Bolt Details of Standard Anchor


(Rev. 0)

SB-D36138 Lighting Standard Mounting Details


(Rev.O)
DATE: 08.10.2011

TA-800004 Lighting/Lightning Steel Monopoles


(Rev.O)
THIS oRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR SA-036224 Typical Duct Bank Section Stand Duct Bank for 33kV Cables
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING (Rev.D)
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
SA-036226 Typical Duct Bank Sections Concrete Encased Duct Bank for
(Rev. 3) D.6kV to 380kV
[PTS- llCM010-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 65
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SB-036354 PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encasement


(Rev.2)

TB-800091 Concrete Encased Duct Detail for Rock Areas (Vital


(Rev.2) Communications)

I SA-036356
(Rev.O)
Service Manholes

Line Manholes
SA-036357
(Rev.O)

SB-036358 Manhole Accessories


REVISIONS
(Rev.1)
DRAWN BY:
SB-036359 Standard Manhole Material Take-Off List Type Guide
DATE:
(Rev.O) Communication
CHK'DBY:

SB-036361 Communication Cables MH Waterproof Treat Install Concrete


(Rev.O)

S8-036363 Electronic Marker System Installation Details Commincation


(Rev.O) Cables

SB-036370 PVC Conduit Install Concrete Encasement Communication


(Rev.1)

SB-036371 Concrete Encased Duct Details Rock areas Communication


(Rev.1)

T8-800076 Standard Pre-Cast Hand hole for Communication in Non-Traffic


(Rev.5) Areas (1.20m x 1.20m x 1.20m)

TB-800077 Standard Pre-Cast Hand hole for Communication in Traffic


(Rev.3) Areas (1.20m x 1.20m x 1.20m)

TE-800110 COMPANY Monogram for Equipment Mounting


(Rev. 0)

DATE: 08.10.2011
TD-80008 Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage, Bone & Skull
(Rev.O)

SE-1191922 Finished Schedule/Miscellaneous Details


THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR (Rev.O)
CONSTRucrION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIF1EDANDDATED
SE-1191927 Standard Drawing for Manhole Cover for Sewers 600MM
(Rev.O) Opening (Manufactured Locally)

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 66
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

JI.......-
i
_
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SE-1191928 Section & Ladder Details Elevation


(Rev.O)

SE-1191936 Crash Barrier, Location Plan and Details in SIS


(Rev. 0)

E. Other Standards

SEEDS-I SEC Engineering Drawing Standard

SEEDS-II SEC Engineering Drawing Standard for Contractors


(Rev.01)

12-SDMS-02 Lugs and Connectors for MV/LV Distribution System


REVISIONS
(Rev. 2)
DIlI\WNBY:
()
.d ANSI/IEEE-18 Standard for Shunt Power Capacitors
DATE:

CllK'DBY: I
J ANSI/IEEE- Application Guide for Capacitance Current Switching for AC
C37.012 High Voltage Circuit Breakers, Rated on Symmetrical Current
Basis

IEEE-1036 Guide for Application of Shunt Power Capacitors

IEEE-519 IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirement for Harmonic


Control in Electrical Power systems

IEC-60871-1 Shunt Capacitors for A.C. Power Systems Having a Rated


Voltage Above 660 V

F. Industry Standards/Codes

The following lists include (but shall not be considered all inclusive) the most
important codes and standards (latest edition) applicable to this PROJECT. The
SEC will not provide these codes and standards:

NEMA TC-8 Extra Strength PVC Plastic Utilities Duct For Underground
Installation

NEMA U TC-9 Fittings for ASS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct For Installation
DATE: 08.]8.2011
Underground

DIN 8074 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipes Dimensions


THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR DIN 8075 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipes General Quality
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING Requirements and Testing
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFlED AND DATED
ITU-T International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication
Standardization Sector-Recommendations G.652 and G.655
[PTS 11CM01OMZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 67
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

NEC2002 National Electrical Code

GTE General Telephone and Electronics

BICSI Building Industry Consulting Services International

i **** END OF SECTION III ****

REVISIONS

DRAWN BY'
. -~/[ )
DATEl ~

ClIK'DBV, l-----l

DATE: 08.10.2011

nns DRAWING IS Nor


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED

[PTS- 11CM01 o-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAlL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 68
C494 A OF o
11CM010
HAlL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION- IV - DESIGN CRITERIA

The CONTRACTOR shall adopt the following design criteria as a minimum for this
PROJECT:

4.01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

I All equipment/materials devices and their specified ratings furnished under this
PROJECT shall be suitable for operation as outlined in TES-P-119.02 and
01-TMSS-01, (Rev.01)

4.02 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

REVISIONS
A. General

DRAWNIY: IJ 1. COMPANY's 33kV System is non-effectively grounded whereas 13.8kV is


DATE: - solidly grounded.
CHK'DRY: I
The entire electrical system including grounding shall be designed for the short
circuit current rating of the corresponding system voltage circuit breakers. The
33kV and 13.8kV systems design parameters shall be in accordance with the
requirements outlined in COMPANY Standard TES-P-119.02 and hereunder:

a. The short circuit rating of 33kV switchgear shall be minimum 25kA (Sym-
3sec / 1sec - as applicable at each SIS).
b. The short circuit rating of 13.8kV switchgear shall be minimum 25kA (Sym-
3sec / 1sec - as applicable at each SIS).

2. Computer Calculations

If Computer software is used in design calculations/studies, then the details


regarding the name of the software, its version, etc. shall be clearly indicated in
the corresponding submittals and shall be accompanied by the soft copy of the
input & output files. Assumptions made if any shall be clearly highlighted with
appropriate justification/supporting document for the values assumed. The
data provided to the computer as an input shall be clearly distinguished from
those computed by the program. A program description document (user's
guide) and a copy of the software (on returnable basis) shall be made available
upon request by the COMPANY and contain the information necessary to
determine the nature and extent of the analysis, verify the input data, interpret
DATE, _==--1
08.10.Wll
the results, and determine whether the computations comply with these
recommendations.

TIllS DRAWING lS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 69
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

B. Auxiliary Supply Voltage

Supply Voltage for Control, Protection & Alarm : 125/110V DC (Ungrounded)

Supply Voltage for Communication Equipment: 48V DC (Grounded +ve)

I Supply voltage for Auxiliary Circuit

As applicable
220VAC, 30, 4 wires

The CONTRACTOR shall verify and confirm the auxiliray AC/DC voltage ratings of
each substation.

C. System Phasing Arrangement


REVISIONS

DRAWNIV:
The COMPANY standard phasing arrangements in Substations are the following:
DATE:

CHK'DBY;
1. Red, Yellow, Blue when from East to West.
2. Red, Yellow, Blue when from North to South.
3. Red, Yellow, Blue when from Top to bottom.

4.03 CABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

The following cable design requirements shall be considered by the


CONTRACTOR for 33kV and 13.8kV cables. The soil thermal resistivity to be
considered shall be based on soil thermal resistivity measurements results
furnished in Geo-Technicallnvestigation Report.

A. Calculations of Cable Ampacity

1. The cable ampacity (continuous) for capacitors to be achieved at laying


conditions indicated under item 2, 3 or 4 below as applicable shall be:

33kV, 5MVAr 154A


33kV, 10MVAr 308A
33kV, 15MVAr 462A
13.8kV,5MVAr 368A

DATE: 08.10.2011
2. The cable ampacity calculation for cables laid in duct bank (concrete encased
duct bank or sand duct bank) shall be based on IEC-60287 and the following
basic parameters:

THIS DRAWING IS NOT a. Soil Thermal Resistivity - 1.2 k.mlW


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION OR (Lower value may be considered if soil thermal model test with moisture
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
content of 2"10 indicates lower value). Contractor shall test the soil
CERTIFIED AND DATED thermal resistivity at the proposed location.

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 70
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

b. Soil temperature - 40C.

c. Cables lay in PVC ducts embedded in concrete for concrete encased


duct bank and in PVC ducts covered with sand for sand duct bank. The
thermal resistance of air space between cable surface and PVC internal
surface shall be considered.

i d. Cross sectional arrangement of duct bank and depth of laying of duct


bank - To be proposed by CONTRACTOR considering the actual worst
site layout restrictions / limitations.

3. For cables exposed to sunlight, solar radiation heat density of 1.1 kW/m 2 and
ambient temperature of 55'C shall be considered.
REVISIONS
4. 15kV/36kV single core, copper, XLPE cables shall be laid between shunt
n capacitors and 13.8kV/33kV switchgears. However, cable size and number of
DRAWN BY:
runs epr phase along with ampacity calculations shall be proposed by the
DATE: J CONTRACTOR and the same shall be subject to COMPANY review and
CIlK'DBY: I
,.J approval. Minimum size of 13.8kV/33kV cables shall be 630mm2 . The
dimensions of the cable trench shall depend upon the ampacity required,
spacing between phases, bending radius, etc.

B. Sheath Sizing Calculations

1. The sheath standing voltage shall be based on TES-P-104.08

2. The sheath capability to withstand shall be 25kA for 13.8kV/33kV cables and in
accordance with ICEA P-45-482 Standard.

3. The short circuit rating of 13.8kV/33kV system shall be equal to that the
13.8kV/33kV sWitchgear and that of the 13.8kV/33kV cable sheath shall be
equal to the corresponding maximum ground fault current and subject to a
minimum of 25kA(1 sec) for 13.8kV/33kV respectively.

Note: All cable sizes given in the document are a minimum and can change based
on the above sizing requirements.

C. Metallic Sheath Grounding

The grounding system of the power cable shall be designed to limit the induced
DATE: 08.10.2011
voltage on the cable sheath at safe level and to eliminate the sheath losses.

For metallic sheath grounding, TES-P-104.08 shall be applicable.


nus DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED POR
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERJNG
MATERIALS IJNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED

[PTS- 11CM01OMZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 71
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

4.04 13.8kV Capacitor Design Criteria

a, Normal Can kVAr Rating (*) kVAr See Note iii


b. Normal Can Voltage and (*) L-N, 60 Hz, see Note iii
Frequency

I
c. Capacitor Bank Operating 14.47kV L-L, 8.35kV L-N
Voltage due to Reactor Voltage
(with 1.0 pu @ 13.8kV Bu)
d. Minimum Continuous Voltage 17.5kV L-L
withstand Capability (including
harmonics)
e. Nominal Capacitance Rating (**) See Note iii
REVISIONS f. Number of Cans (***) See Note iii

DRAWN BY:
()
DATE: J
CHJ{'DBY, -_-+-'-1
/ (i) The capacitor rack should include sufficient space to add three additional units
(1 per phase) in the future. If harmonic tuning requirements dictate installation
of additional capacitor units, then spare capacitor units can be connected.
(ii) The fuse holder and associated capacitor unit, if required, must withstand
discharge from up to three (3) capacitor banks in addition to source contribution
during phase to phase faults considering capacitance of 13.8kV feeders
associated with one (1) bank. The manufacturer shall provide type test report
indicating the maximum allowable discharge energy from parallel banks for
these devices.
(iii) Nominal Can kVA Rating, Voltage rating (*), nominal capacitance Rating (**)
and number of cans (***) shall be decided by the CONTRACTOR based on
optimum design.

4.05 13.8kV De-Tuning Reactors

The inductance of the tuning reactor shall be such that tuning frequency is at 4.6th
order.

The reactor shall be designed to have a linear voltage-current characteristic up to

BY;
/-5
f l? ..?
110% of continuous withstand current capability.

DATE: 08.]0.2011
Spacing of tuning reactors shall be carefully evaluated so that the reactor's
magnetic field may not cause significant currents in nerby structural steel. The
supporting insulator caps, supporting structures nuts, bolts and fixtures shall be of
nonmagnetic material to prevent heating due to stray flux.
TIllS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCI'ION OR
The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactureded and
FOR ORDERING tested in accordance with the requirement of 15-TMSS-1, Rev.O.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

The supporting brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized per 01-
TMSS-01, Rev.01.
[PTS-llCM010-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 72
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

One each grounding pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors suitable
2
for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm

The latest issue of Recommendations of the TMSS, IEC, ANSI/IEEE Specification

I 4.06
shall apply for capacitors and de-tuning reactors.

33kV Capacitor Design Criteria

a. Normal Can kVAr Rating (*) kVAr See Note iii


b. Normal Can Voltage and (*) L-N, 60 Hz, see Note iii
Frequency
REVISIONS c. Capacitor Bank Operating 34.6kV L-L, 19.98kV L-N
Voltage due to Reactor Voltage
DRAWN BY: r-. (with 1.0 pu @ 13.8kV Bu)
DATE: ..Y d. Minimum Continuous Voltage 41.85kV L-L
OIK'DBY: T
withstand Capability (including
harmonics)
e. Nominal Capacitance Rating (**) See Note iii
f. Number of Cans (***) See Note iii

(i) The capacitor rack should include sufficient space to add three additional units
(1 per phase) in the future. If harmonic tuning requirements dictate installation
of additional capacitor units, then spare capacitor units can be connected.
(ii) The fuse holder and associated capacitor unit, if required, must withstand
discharge from up to three (3) capacitor banks in addition to source contribution
during phase to phase faults considering capacitance of 13.8kV feeders
associated with one (1) bank. The manufacturer shall provide type test report
indicating the maximum allowable discharge energy from parallel banks for
these devices.
(iii) Nominal Can kVA Rating, Voltage rating n, nominal capacitance Rating (**)
and number of cans (***) shall be decided by the CONTRACTOR based on
optimum design.

4.07 33kV De-Tuning Reactors


DATE: 08.10.2011
th
The inductance of the tuning reactor shall be such that tuning frequency is at 4.6
order. Refer to Section-III.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR The reactor shall be designed to have a linear voltage-current characteristic up to
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDERING 110% of continuous withstand current capability.
MAmRIAI.S UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Spacing of tuning reactors shall be carefully evaluated so that the reactor's
magnetic field may not cause significant currents in nerby structural steel. The
[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZKI

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 73
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

supporting insulator caps, supporting structures nuts, bolts and fixtures shall be of
nonmagnetic material to prevent heating due to stray flux.

The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactureded and
tested in accordance with the requirement of 15-TMSS-1, Rev.O.

i The supporting brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized per 01-
TMSS-01, Rev.01.

One each grounding pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors suitable
2
for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm

The latest issue of Recommendations of the TMSS, IEC, ANSI/IEEE Specification


REVlSIONS
shall apply for capacitors and de-tuning reactors.
DRAWN BY:
()
4.08 PROTECTIVE RELAYING DESIGN CRITERIA
DATE:

OIK'DBY:
For Protective Relaying Design Criteria, Refer to Appendix- VII.

4.09 CIVIUSTRUCTURAL DESIGN CRITERIA

For civil /structural design criteria refer Appendix-VIII.

**** END OF SECTION IV ****

DATE: 08.10.2011

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCfION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS-11CM010MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 74
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
Ii SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY ~~ ~I e.) - l>l.uf.S1l ~.,......Jl ~~I
I:l
fl
~
fl SECTION V - EQUIPMENTIMATERIALS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
~
5.01 GENERAL

This Section outlines broadly the technical specifications of the major equipment/
z materials required for the complete installation of the PROJECT. The specifications
~il outlined herein shall be read in conjunction with the attached PROJECT drawings,
the COMPANY Material Standard Specifications and the associated International
~ Standards and Codes. The ratings and specific requirements of the various electrical
equipments shall be as indicated in Data Schedule of COMPANY Material Standard
Specifications, and the CONTRACTOR shall ensure full conformity with the same.

0
z ... ... ~
5.02 SUBSTATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

REVISIONS
All equipment/material shall conform to the related COMPANY standards and other
rJ standards in accordance with the tabulation hereunder:
DKA.WNBY:

DATE: A
CHK'DBY: -; Table 5.01
I

-
Serial COMPANYStandards! Notes
EQUIPMENTIMATERIAL
No. other Standards
1. 13.8kVl33kVXLPE Cables 11-SDMS-03 1
2 13.8kV133kV Switchgear 32-TMSS-01, 32-TMSS-03 2
3 12kV SuroeArresters 35-TMSS-01
4 13.8kVl33kVCaoacitorBanks 43-TMSS-01 7
5 Air Core Series Reactor 58-TMSS-Q2 7
6 13.8kV/33kV Termination Kits 12-SDMS-01 TES-P-104.04 4
7 Relav and Control Panels 31-TMSS-01
8 AnnunciatorSYStem 38-TMSS-05
9 LV Power & Control Cables (PVCIXLPEI TES-P-104, 11-TMSS-1 0
10 Instrumentation Cables TES-P-104, 11-TMSS-11,
TES-P-119
11 LV Cable Termination TES-P-104 5
12 AC Auxiliary PowerSupply Equipment 31-TMSS-02, TES-P-119.30 6
- Main AC Distribution Panel TES-P-119.30
- 3801220V Sub-Distribution and Distribution TES-P-119.30
l;II[[(fIIJ! Panel
- 380/220VDistribution Panel TES-P-119.30
~ - Liohting and Small Power Eauipment TES-P-119.25
BY' C ~ 13 Groundina System TES-P-119.10
DATE: 68.10.2011 14 ShieldingSystem TES-P-119.07
15 Cable TrayslDuetslDuct Sealing UniVConduits! TES-P-104, TES-P-119.20 3
Trenches 23-TMSS-01, 24-TMSS-01,
23-TMSS-02
mIS DRAWING IS NOT 16 Metering Devices 4O-TMSS-02
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCTION OR 17 Remote Terminal Unit (RTUI 38-TMSS-03
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL 18 NormalWeight Readv Mixed Concrete 7D-TMSS-03
CERTIJ'IEDAND DATED
19 Bare COPPer-Glad Steel GroundingConductor 1D-TMSS-05

[PTS-llCM01D-MZKj
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICALSPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWERFACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS 75
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
I
i
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Notes:
1. 13.8kV/33kV XLPE Cables

The size of the cables to be supplied shall meet the cable ampacity requirements
given in section 4.03. at actual site installation conditions. The minimum acceptable
sizes are given in the relevant drawings/section 3.0. The CONTRACTOR shall
furnish cable ampacity calculation to establish that the cable being supplied meets
the ampacity requirements.

2. 13.8kV/33kV Switchgear

a. The 13.8kV/33kV switchgears shall be provided with necessary CT's as per


relaying and metering Drawing No.CT-904241 and as per Appendix-VII. The CT
& PT shall meet the requirements specified in 32-TMSS-01, Rev.01
REVISIONS

b. The cable terminal lug for feeders shall be one (1) hole type as per COMPANY
DRAWN RYl -/n-f----1
Standard SDS-9
DATE, -/,JlF---i
CIIK'DBY, '~'---1 3. 13.8kV/33kV Cable Support & Clamping
J

a. Arrangements for cable support shall be provided for all cables in between
Shunt Capacitors and 13.8kV/33kV switchgears.

b. All cables shall be labeled at both ends to correspond its connection at the other
end.

4. 13.8kVl33kV Termination Kits

13.8kVl33kV Termination kit shall be as per 12-SDMS-01, (Rev.O)

5. LV Cable Terminations

a. Power cables shall be terminated in accordance with cable manufacturer's


recommendations. Control wiring cable tails shall be bound in such a way that
each wire may be traced back to its associated cable. Core of multi-core or
multi-pair cables shall be grouped together. All spare cores shall be numbered
and terminated in spare terminals farthest from the cable gland. Each core of
the control instrumentation cable shall be identified with numbered ferrules. The
By,Q ferrules shall be made of insulating materials.
DATE: 08.10.2011
b. Cable glands shall be used at all equipment to support the weight of the cables.
Compression (indentation) type cable lugs shall be used for all terminations. All
conductor joints shall be made at terminal points. All wires associated with trip
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
circuit shall be clearly marked ''TRIP'' and provided with red sleeves.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCf]ON OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL
c. All terminals shall be designed to receive (on either side) two (2) nos. of cable
CERTIFIED AND DATED cores of used cross-section. Each terminal block shall be marked for circuit
identification. The terminal blocks for AC and DC circuits shall be grouped

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO,
PTS- 76
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

separately. Terminal blocks mounting arrangement shall provide easy access to


wires, terminations and ferrules.

6. AC Sub Distribution Panels

4-pole MCCBs shall be provided on incomer and bus couplers and shall be as per

I figure 30.2 of TES-P-119.30

7. 13.8kV/33kV Shunt Capacitor Bank

a. The shunt capacitor bank shall conform to 43-TMSS-01, Rev.O. The shunt
capacitor bank/individual units forming the capacitor bank shall meet or exceed
the requirements.
REVISIONS
b. 13.8kV/33kV De-Tuning Reactors
DRAWNBV:

DATE: ..< The supporting insulators shall be station post type designed, manufactured
CHK'DBY; / and tested in accordance with requirements of 15-TMSS-1, RevO.
I

Support brackets and accessories shall be hot dip galvanized as per 01-TMSS-
01, Rev.01.

One each grouping pad shall be provided on two diagonally opposite legs of the
pedestal. The grounding pad shall be sized to accommodate connectors
2
suitable for bare standard copper conductor of size 240mm

The latest issue of Recommendations of the TMSS, IEC, ANSI/IEEE


specification shall apply for capacitors and de-tuning reactors

c. Neutral Current Transformers

The neutral CT of the capacitor bank shall be single phase, outdoor, free
standing type conforming to 50-TMSS-01 and associated data schedule.

The CT primary rating, short time rating and the ratio shall be selected by the
CONTRACTOR, which shall be subject to COMPANY approval. However, short
time rating shall not be less than the maximum current flowing through the
Neutral due to Faults or Capacitor Units Failures whichever is higher. The CT
DAtE: 08.18.2011
shall be rated to withstand the voltage surge during switching operations and be
provided with a rod gap across the primary terminals and a low voltage surge
arrester across the secondary terminals. Alternatively, the CT primary protection
TIDS DRAWING IS Nor
by surge arresters may be offered.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI10N OR
FOR ORDERING d. Discharging Eguipment
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANDDATED
Each capacitor shall be provided with discharge resistors to bring down the
residual voltage to 50V within 5minutes.
[PTS- 11CM01o-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 77
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA

J'---- ~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

e. Required Test Data

1. Provide actual capacitance in microfarads obtained by measurement or test.


2. Provide actual inductance in ohms and X/R ratio at rated fundamental
frequency as obtained by measurement or test for each reactor.
3. Provide fundamental frequency 12t thermal heating limit capability curve for
the design supplied for the capacitor.
4. The CONTRACTOR can also propose his design meeting the requirements
of SEC and the design calculation shall be submitted to SEC for review.
However, SEC has the right to reject the proposal submitted to SEC if SEC
requirements are not complied with.

8. Specification for Materials Required for 13.8kVl33kV XLPE Cable Installation


REVISIONS

1. PVC conduits and fittings shall be provided in all underground concrete duct
DRAWNBY: f)
J banks. The PVC conduits and fittings shall be designed, manufactured and
DATE:
tested in accordance with COMPANY's Material Standard Specification 23-
CBK'DBY:
,f TMSS-01.

2. Sub ducts on hand holes and inside the bUilding shall be corrugated, flexible
and fire retardant (2 Hours UL rating) with 25mm outside diameter. Sub duct
installation shall be in accordance with SCS-T-557.08.

3. Sub ducts on the underground duct banks and direct buried conduits in
trenches shall be rigid with 32mm outside diameter and made from HDPE
piping compound, its inner wall shall be smooth and black in color. It shall be
comply with specification DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and STC specification MAT 2301
and pullinq length shall not exceed 450meters.

4. For direct buried cable trenches, PVC conduits shall be of class-4 type. Nylon
pull ropes "l4 inches in diameter (of different colors) shall be provided and
installed in all vacant/spare ducts and sub ducts.

5. The duct sealing units for conduit fittings shall be in accordance with
COMPANY's Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.O.

~
.
6. Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the PVC conduits for fiber optic cables
.y,l ~ shall be 100mm inner diameter and for 13.8kVl33kV cables 150mm.
DAre 08.10.2011
5.03 CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE RELAYING SYSTEM

A. General
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR 1. The relay and control panels shall conform to 31-TMSS-01. The control system
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL of the 13.8kV/33kV metal clad indoor switchgear shall conform to 32-TMSS-01,
CERTIF1ED AND DATED
Rev.01.

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 78
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92

1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Additionally, refer to Appendix-VII, for requirements of 13.8kV/33kV Bus Bar


differential protection.

2. The control panel shall be completely wired and adequate terminal blocks shall
be provided for the termination of external incoming cables.

B. Control Requirements

1. 13.8kV/33kV Control system

The control system of the 13.8kV/33kV metal clad indoor switchgears shall
conform to 32-TMSS-01, Rev.01 and associated Data Schedule and TES-P-
oz ... 119.
REVISIONS
The remote position of local/remote selector switch shall transfer breaker
controls to the 13.8kV/33kV control panel and to the Power Control Center
DRAWN BY: -,f7i-()---t
(PCC) through SCADAICommunication channels depending upon the position
DATE:-* ".,.,-----1
7t-_--1 of locaVsupervisory selector switch on 13.8kV/33kV Control Panel. Local
CHK'DBY,
, control facility shall be provided in the switchgear, but shall be kept in disabled
condition.

2. AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF CAPACITOR BANK SCHEME (ACCS)


REQUIREMENTS (for substations with three transformers)

The automatic control of Capacitor banks shall be accomplished by the use of


the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC). The panel to house PLC and other
associated devices of ACCS shall confirm to 31-TMSS-01, Rev.01. The PLC
shall be designed to be used in the substation environment. It shall have the
watchdog system capability to monitor the PLC circuits and identify the
defective circuit and give alarms. These alarms shall be monitored by SCADA.
It shall have an ON/OFF/TEST switch which will also be operated and
monitored by SCADA. The programming procedures shall be easily done
without special knowledge of programming. The PLC shall be equipped with
the following features:

I. The Main Machine Interface programming equipment shall be provided.

II. The PLC shall be flexible, extendable, if any additional inpuVoutput is


needed. The PLC program shall be able to read in and modified. If needed
to reprogram the microprocessor such as servicing case, programming unit
DATE: 08.10.2011
and video display unit shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR in order to
accomplish this task at the field.

THIS DRAWING IS NOT


It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to train the COMPANY
TO BE USED FOR personnel during the commissioning on the use and programming of the
COJ'IISTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING PLC. The PLC shall be equipped with its own DC/DC converter. It shall
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED meet the standard of IEC.

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKJ

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 79
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

III. The PLC shall be completely devoted to capacitor bank automatic control.
The PLC shall not be used as Annunciator.

IV. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the automatic switching


scheme in a fully operational order. Any material required shall be supplied.
The proposed scheme shall be reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.

I The scheme shall be thoroughly tested during commissioning.

V. The ACCS shall be provided to perform the following minimum functions.


But not limited to:

1. The ACCS shall control the reactive power requirement at HV side


of each Transformers.
2. Automatic switching 'ON' and 'OFF' of the capacitor banks shall be
REVISIONS
based on:-
o (i) Voltage measured on the respective 33kV or 13.8kV busses.
DRAWN BY;

DATE: IJ.
(Ii) Reactive Power measured on the HV side of the Transformers
CHK'DBY:
,I OR
Sum of Reactive Power measured on the 33kV or 13.8kV
side of the Transformes and the calculated value of Reactive
Power for the compensation of the Reactive Power losses of
the Transformers on the basis of (real time measured
current)2 multiplied by Transformer impedance.

(iii) As specified vide CASE-I to VI below.

1. CASE-I

Bus Coupler-1 (BC-n and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2) are in Open position

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON when the reactive power of the


Power Transformers T-1 measured (HV side) is above the set value of
reactive power (MVAr-1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the
set value of time (tt), If the reactive power measured is below the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
value, is above the set value of time (12), the Capacitor (C-1) shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the reactive power of the


DATE: 08.10.2011
Power Transformers T-1 measured (HV side) is above the set value of
reactive power (MVAr-1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the
set value of time (t1). If the reactive power measured is below the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
THIS DllA WING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR value, is above the set value of time (12), the Capacitor (C-2) shall be
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Capacitor-3 (C-3) shall be switched ON when the reactive power of the
Power Transformers T-1 measured (HV side) is above the set value of
[PTS-11CM010-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 80
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

reactive power (MVAr-1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the
set value of time (t1). If the reactive power measured is below the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
value, is above the set value of time (t2), the Capacitor (C-3) shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

i 2. CASE-II

Bus Coupler-1 (BC-1l is in Open position and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2) is in


Close position

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON and OFF as per the same condition
as specified under CASE-1 for Capacitor-1 (C-1)
REVISIONS
Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of
17 Power Transformers T-2 & T-3 measured (HV side) is above the set value
DRAWN BY:
A of reactive power (MVAr-3) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
DATE:
the set value of time (t3). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
CIIK'DBY:
,/ T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-4) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t4), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
remain in OFF condition.

Capacitor-3 (C-3) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


Power Transformers T-2 & T-3 measured (HV side) is above the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-5) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t5). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-6) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t6), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
remain in OFF condition.

3. CASE-III

Bus Coupler-1 (BC-1) is in Close position and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2) is in


Open Position.

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


Power Transformers T-1 & T-2 measured (HV side) is above the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-3) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
DATEl 08.10.2811
the set value of time (t3). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
T-1 & T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-4) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t-4), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR remain in OFF condition.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS
CERTIFlED AND DATED
UNTIL
Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of
Power Transformers T-1 & T-2 measured (HV side) is above the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-5) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 81
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

the set value of time (t5). If the total reactive power of Power Transformers
T-1 & T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-6) and
the duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power, is
above the set value of time (t6), The Capacitor shall be switched OFF or
remain in OFF condition.

i Capacitor-3 (C-3) shall be switched ON and OFF as per the same condition
as specified under CASE-1 for Capacitor-3 (C-3)

4. CASE-IV

Bus Coupler (BC-n and Bus Coupler-2 (BC-2l are in Close position.

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


REVISIONS
Power Transformers T-1, T-2 & T-3 measured (VH side) is above the set
value of reactive power (MVAR-3) and the duration of this reactive power
exceeds the set value of time (t3). If the total reactive power of Power
Transformers T1, T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive
power (MVAr-4) and the duration of reactive power below the set value of
reactive power, is above the set value of time (t4), The capacitor shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


Power Transformers T-1, T-2 & T-3 measured (VH side) is above the set
value of reactive power (MVAR-5) and the duration of this reactive power
exceeds the set value of time (t5). If the total reactive power of Power
Transformers T1, T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive
power (MVAr-6) and the duration of reactive power below the set value of
reactive power, is above the set value of time (t6) , The Capacitor shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

Capacitor-3 (C-3) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


Power Transformers T-1, T-2 & T-3 measured (VH side) is above the set
value of reactive power (MVAR-7) and the duration of this reactive power
exceeds the set value of time (t7). If the total reactive power of Power
Transformers T1, T-2 & T-3 measured is below the set value of reactive
power (MVAr-8) and the duration of reactive power below the set value of
reactive power, is above the set value of time (t8), The Capacitor shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

DAT&: 08.10.2011
5. CASE-V (OVERVOLTAGE CONTROLl

Automatic switching 'OFF' of the capacitor banks shall be performed based


on the voltage measured on the respective bus; i.e. when the bus voltage
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR measures higher operating (33kV - 38kV) I (13.8kV - 16kV). The capacitor
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR ORDERING banks shall be switched 'OFF' when the measured value of voltage is above
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
the set value of voltage (V-1) & duration exceeds the set value of time (t9).
This requirement shall be fulfilled even superseding the conditions of CASE
1 to IV above.
[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWlNGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 82
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
e SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY J.;i~1 ~\ t,) - "4Jf5.1141~1 ~~
~
t

e 6. CASE-VI (UNDERVOLTAGE CONTROl)

Automatic switching 'ON' of the capacitor banks shall be performed based


on the voltage measured on the respective bus; l.e, when the bus voltage
measures lower operating (33kV - 24kV) / (13.8kV - 12.4kV). The capacitor
~
"~
banks shall be switched 'ON' when the measured value of voltage is below
the set value of voltage (V-2) & duration exceeds the set value of time (t10).
Q
This requirement shall be fulfilled even superseding the conditions of CASE
1 to IV above.

ACCS shall be provided with facility to modify the setting and/or


0 ~ N ~
bypass/deactivate the settings, as required.
z
REVISIONS
B. ADDITIONAL CONTROL REQUIREMENT IF THE TOTAL CURRENT
EXCEEDS THE CONTINUOUS CURRENT WITHSTAND CAPABILITY OF
DRAWN.Y;
jI THE CAPACITOR BANK
DATE:

CHK'DBY:
-j
I For all above cased, if the total current (including the harmonics current)
exceeds the continuous current withstand capability of the capacitor, the
~ controller should adopt the following strategy regardless of the reactive
power flow in the transformers:

For the operating configuration of only one capacitor connected to


only one transformer; the capacitor should be switched OFF.

For the operating configuration of only one capacitor connected to


two transformers (in parallel) and if the measured voltage at 13.8kV
bus is below the set value of voltage (V-3) & duration exceeds the set
value of time (t11); the second connected capacitor should be
switched ON.

For operating configuration of only one capacitor connected to two


transformers (in parallel) and if the measured voltage at 13.8kV bus is
above the set value of voltage (V-3) & duration exceeds the set value
of time (t11); this connected capacitor should be switched OFF.
l:I:BIllIEI!

For the operating configuration of two capacitors connected to two


BY:
(?y transformers (in parallel); one of the two capacitors should be
DATE: 08.10.2011
switched OFF.

For the operating configuration of three capacitors connected to two


transformers (in parallel); one of the three capactors should be
THIS DRAWING IS NOT switched OFF.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCflQN OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTn.
During these conditions all the previous normal control logics should be
CERTIFIED ANDDATED superseded and suitable alarms and indications should be transmitted to

[PTS- llCM010MZKI

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION INHAIL


JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 83
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

Control center. Suitable provision for resetting the configurationllogic back


to normal, only by manual resetting, should also be provided.

The minimum inputs to the ACCS shall consist of status of all 69113.8kV
incomer (transformer) CB's, bus-tie CB(s), each 13.8kV incomer voltage,
each 13.8kV bus voltage, each 13.8kV capacitor bank bus voltage, each

i power transformer's Var readings on HV side, and the status of lockout


relays of incomer CB's/Capacitor CB's. When 13.8kV incomer
(Transformer) CB is switched 'OFF, the associated capacitor banks shall
be switched 'OFF before 13.8kV bus section CB is switched 'ON'.

The CB of the capacitor bank once switched 'OFF shall not switch 'ON'
within 10 minutes. Auto / Manual and Local/Remote selection shall be
provided for the ACCS. In any case the 13.8kV incomer breakers of
REVISIONS
Transformers T-1, T-2 & T-3 shall be switched 'ON', the associated
DRAWN BY:
, capacitor shall not switch 'ON' within 10 minutes. Also, two (2) nos.
capacitor banks should not be connected to a single transformer.
DATE:

C'BK'DBY:
The ACCS shall prevent undesired switching 'ON' operation of CB's of
associated capacitor banks in anyone of the following cases:

i. 13.8kV Bus fault (86 B1 or 86 B2 or 8683) operates.


ii. 13.8kV Capacitor feeder unclear faults (main feeder CB or dedicated
capacitor feeder CB Lockout relay operates).
iii. 13.8kV Bus-Tie Lockout operates.

Auto / Manual and Local/Remote selection shall be provided for the


ACCS.

VI. RANGE OF SETIINGS

1. MVAr Setting Ranges

MVAr-1 0 to 50 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr


MVAr-20 to 50 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
MVAr-30 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
MVAr-40 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
MVAr-5 0 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
MVAr-60 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
DA.TE: 08.10.2011
MVAr-70 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr
MVAr-8 0 to 100 MVAr in steps of 1 MVAr

2. Voltage Settings Ranges (for 33kY)


TH~ ORAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
V-1 33 to 38 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
FOR ORDERING V-2 28 to 33 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
MATERIAl.S UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED V-3 28 to 33 kV in steps of 0.1 kV

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGENO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 84
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

3. Voltage Settings Ranges (for 13.8kV)

V-113.8 to 16 kV in steps of 0.1 kV


V-2 12 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
V-3 12 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV

I 4. Time Settings Ranges

t-1 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute


t-2 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-3 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-4 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-5 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-6 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
REVISIONS
t-? 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
n t-8 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
DIlAWNBY:
,JI t-s 0 to 120 seconds in steps of 0.1 second
DATE:
t-10 0 to 5 seconds in steps of 0.1 second
CHK.'DBY: r t-11 0 to 5 seconds in steps of 0.1 second
J

3. AUTOMATIC CAPACITOR CONTROL SYSTEM (ACCS) REQUIREMENTS (For


Substations with Two Transformers)

The automatic control of Capacitor banks shall be accomplished by the use of


the programmable logic controller (PLC). The panel to house PLC and other
associated devices of ACCS shall confirm to 31-TMSS-01. The PLC shall be
designed to be used in the substation environment. It shall have the watchdog
system capability to monitor the PLC circuits and identify the defective circuits
and gives alarms. These alarms shall be monitored by SCADA. It shall have an
ON/OFFfTEST switch which will also be operated and monitored by SCADA. The
programming procedures shall be easily done without special knowledge of
programming. The PLC shall be equipped with the following features:

I. The Man Machine Interface programming equipment shall be provided.

II. The PLC shall be flexible, extendable, if any additional input/output is


needed. The PLC program shall be able to read in and modified, if needed
in future by the COMPANY Engineers. Therefore, the equipment needed to
reprogram the microprocessor such as servicing case, programming unit
DATE: 08.10.1011
and video display unit shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR in order to
accomplish this task at the field. It is the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR to train COMPANY personnel during the commissioning on
the use and programming of the PLC. The PLC shall be equipped with its
THIS DRAWING IS NOT own DC/DC converter. It shall meet the standard of IEC.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCI'ION OR
FOR ORDElllNG III The PLC shall be completely devoted to capacitor bank automatic control.
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED The PLC shall not be used as annunciator.

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANTNO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 85
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

IV. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the automatic switching


scheme in a fully operational order. Any material required shall be supplied.
The proposed scheme shall be reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.
The scheme shall be thoroughly tested during commissioning.

V. The ACCS shall be provided to perform the following minimum functions,

I but not limited to:

1. The ACCS shall control the reactive power requirement at HV side of each
Transformers.
2. Automatic switching 'ON' and 'OFF of the capacitor banks shall be based
on:-
(i) Voltage measured on the respective 33kV or 13.8kV busses.
REVISIONS
(ii) Reactive Power measured on the HV side of the Transformers
OR
DRAWNlIY: -fn.f-~
Sum of Reactive Power measured on the 33kV or 13.8kV
DATE, ",Ar-_-1 side of the Transformes and the calculated value of Reactive
CIIK'DBY, '1----1
Power for the compensation of the Reactive Power losses of
the Transformers on the basis of (real time measured
current)2 multiplied by Transformer impedance.

(iii) As specified vide CASE-I to VI below.

1. CASE-I

Bus Sectionalizer (BS) in Open position

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON when the reactive power of Power


Transformers T-1 measured (HV side) is above the set value of reactive
power (MVAr1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the set
value of time (t1). If the reactive power measured is below the set value of
reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
value exceeds the set value of time (t2), the Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.

Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the reactive power of Power


Transformers T-2 measured (HV side) is above the set value of reactive
power (MVAr1) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds the set
value of time (t1). If the reactive power measured is below the set value of
DATE: 08.]0.2811
reactive power (MVAr-2) and the duration of reactive power below this set
value exceeds the set value of time (t2), the Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be
switched OFF or remain in OFF condition.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED ~R
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIAlS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS- 86
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

2. CASE-II

Bus Sectionalizer (BS) is in Close position

Capacitor-1 (C-1) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


Power Transformers T-1 & T-2 measured (HV side) is above the set value

I of reactive power (MVAr-3) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t-3). If the total reactive power of Transformers T-1
&T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-4) and the
duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t-4), the Capacitor shall be switched OFF or remain in
OFF condition.

Capacitor-2 (C-2) shall be switched ON when the total reactive power of


REVISIONS
Power Transformers T-1 & T-2 measured (HV side) is above the set value
of reactive power (MVAr-5) and the duration of this reactive power exceeds
DRAWN BY:
the set value of time (t-5). If the total reactive power of Transformers T-1
DATE:
&T-2 measured is below the set value of reactive power (MVAr-6) and the
CHK'DlIY:
duration of reactive power below the set value of reactive power exceeds
the set value of time (t-6), the Capacitor shall be switched OFF or remain in
OFF condition.

3. CASE -III (OVER VOLTAGE CONTROl)

Automatic switching 'OFF' of the capacitor banks shall be performed based


on the voltage measured on the respective bus; te. when the bus voltage
measures higher operating voltage (13.8-16.0kV). The capacitor banks
shall be switched 'OFF' when the measured value of voltage is above the
set value of voltage (V-1) & duration exceeds the set value of time (t-7).
This requirement shall be fulfilled even superseding the conditions of CASE
I &11 above.

4. CASE -IV (UNDER VOLTAGE CONTROLl

The CB of the capacitor bank once switched 'OFF' shall not switch 'ON'
within 10 minutes. Auto / Manual and Local/Remote selection shall be
provided for the ACCS. In any case the 13.8kV incomer breakers of
Transformers T-1 or T-2 shall be switched 'ON', the associated capacitor
shall not switch 'ON' within 10minutes. The ACCS shall prevent undesired
switching 'ON' operation of CBs of associated capacitor banks in anyone of
DATE: 08.10.2011
the following cases.
a. 13.8kV Bus fault.
b. 13.8kV Capacitor feeder unclear faults (main feeder CB or dedicated
capacitor feeder CB Lockout relay operates).
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR c. 13.8kV Bus Tie Lockout operates.
CONSTRucrION OR
FOR ORDERING d.. Auto / Manual and LocaVRemote selection shall be provided for the
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIEDANDDATED
ACCS

[PTS 11CM01 o-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 87
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

V: RANGE OF SETTINGS

1. MVAr. Setting Ranges

MVAr-1 o to 50 MVAr. in steps of 1 MVAr


MVAr-2 Oto 50 MVAr. in steps of 1 MVAr

I MVAr-3
MVAr-4
MVAr-5
MVAr-6
Oto
Oto
Oto
Oto
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
100 MVAr
in steps of
in steps of
in steps of
in steps of
1 MVAr
1 MVAr
1 MVAr
1 MVAr

2. Voltage Settings Ranges (for 33kVl

V-1 33 to 38 kV in steps of 0.1 kV


REVISIONS
V-2 28 to 33 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
n V-3 28 to 33 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
DRAWN BY:

DATE: J
CBK'DBV: 7 3. Voltage Setting Ranges (for 13.8kVl
J
V-1 13.8 to 16 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
V-212 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV
V-3 12 to 13.8 kV in steps of 0.1 kV

4. Time Setting Ranges

t-1 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute


t-2 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-3 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-4 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-s 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-6 0 to 30 minutes in steps of 1 minute
t-? 0 to 120 seconds in steps of 1 seconds
t-8 0 to 5 seconds in steps of 0.1 second.

c. Protective Relaying System

For Protective Relaying and Transient Fault Recorder Systems requirements, refer

B't;~
~ to Appendix-VII.

5.04 METERING SYSTEM


DAn:: 08.10.2Ol1

The metering devices shall conform to TES-P-119.31 and the requirements


specified in this section. All meters shall be digital type suitable for mounting on the
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
MOSAIC control panel. The following meters shall be provided:
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcrION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNl'IL
CERTD'IEDANDDATED

[PTS-llCMOlO-MZKj

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDERNO. PTS- 88
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

1. 33kV Switchgears
a. Energy meter: MVAhr

b. Voltmeter: 0-50 kV with 30 simultaneous display for


Ph-Ph and Ph-Neutral Voltages (One (1)
for each Bus Section)

c. Ammeter: 0- 500A

d. DPDM: o20 MVar

2. 13.8kV Switchgears
REVISIONS
a. Energy meter: MVAhr

DRAWN BY: JJ b. Voltmeter: 0-18 kV with 30 simultaneous display for


DATE; .J Ph-Ph and Ph-Neutral Voltages (One (1)
(BK'DBV; I for each Bus Section)

c. Ammeter: 0- 600A

d. DPDM: o 10 MVar
Note:

The accuracies of all meters shall be in accordance with TES-P-119.31.

The range of meters indicated is tentative and may change during base {
detailed engineering stage.

The DPDM should be able to be configured for any CTR (CT Ratio) {PTR (PT
Ratio) & forward & reverse directions.

5.05 ALARM AND ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM

The existing alarm and annunciator system of the substations shall be modified to
incorporate the alarms from the equipments installed under this project. Refer to
Appendix-VII
.IY:
(2
Alarms shall be tested in accordance with 38-TMSS-05 and applicable clauses of
DATE: 08.10.2011
01-TMSS-01, Rev.01.

5.06 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INTERLOCKING SYSTEM


rrnsDRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR 33kV and 13.8kV Capacitor Banks
CONSTRucrION OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED The following are the major interlocks which are required to be provided, but not
limited to:

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.

POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL


JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 89
C494 A OF 0
11CM010 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

a. All electrical equipment interlocking requirements for capacitor bank


switching devices in line with COMPANY standard 32-TMSS-01, Rev.01

b. The CB of capacitor bank once switched OFF shall not be switched ON


within ten (10) minutes.

Note: Protective relay panels shall not be used for mounting various relays /
devices required for interlocking system.

5.07 SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA)

Refer to Appendix IX for SCADA requirements.

REVISIONS
5.0S'CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK

DUWNBY: For Civil and Structural work Requirements, refer to Appendix VIII.
DA'IE: .r
CIIK'DBY: { 5.09 FIRE DETECTION/ALARM AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
J
Fire Fighting Equipment

Fire fighting equipment shall be provided in accordance with the requirements


outlined in 90-TMSS-03, TES-P-119.21 and hereunder:

33kV and 13.8kV capacitors: 6kg C02 portable fire extinguishers.

**** END OF SECTION V ****

DATE: 08.10.2Ol1

TIllS DRAWING IS NOT


TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUcnON OR
FOR ORDERING
MATERIALS UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01 O-MZK]

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWINGNO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO, PTS- 90
C494 A OF 0
11CM01 0 92
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

SECTION VI - COMMISSIONING TESTS

6.01 GENERAL

A. A list, giving the details of the commissioning and site tests shall be prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval not less

I than six (6) months before the schedule date of tests.

B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing all the appropriate tools,
Calibrated test equipment and temporary AC and DC power supplies needed to
perform the commissioning and site tests. All tests shall be performed in accordance
with the applicable IEC and ANSI Standards and established practices and
procedures.

REVISIONS C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a schedule of proposed commissioning tests at


least two (2) months prior to scheduled date of tests with a list of test and
DRAWNBY:
commissioning equipment to be used for the PROJECT. The list shall indicate
DAlE:
jJ whether each equipment is owned or to be rented. Contractor shall also forward the
CIIK'DBY: q--- weekly test schedule to the concerned department/division on or before Monday of
J every week for arranging witnessing personnel and to monitor the testing &
commissioning activities.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for conducting additional tests if


recommended by the equipment manufacturers or by the COMPANY.

E. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for commissioning the existing protection


scheme involved within the scope of the subject PROJECT.

F. Testing of high voltage cable system and fiber optic cable shall be carried out to
ensure that the necessary design and operation specifications are achieved prior to
placing the cable system into service.

G. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to carry out all tests in a safe manner and
with pre-determined safe working procedure submitted to the COMPANY.

H. The mechanical check and visual inspection, as required in COMPANY Standard


TCS-P-105, Rev.01 shall be carried out prior to any electrical test.

I. In addition to the tests required in this standard, all test required by the cable
manufacturer shall be performed. In the event of conflict between the testing
~> requirements of this standard and those of the cable manufacturer, the COMPANY
BY, l < tzJi'
shall be the sole judge as to which tests shall take precedence.
DATE; 08.10.1011

J. All sites testing and commissioning will be done under COMPANY witness.
Witnessing of testing/commissioning by COMPANY does not mean acceptance of
test results. Test results will be reviewed and approved by COMPANY separately
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR after CONTRACTOR submits the same for review and approval.
CONSTRUCTION OR
FOR OllDElllNG
MATERIALS UNTIL K. The test of All protective relays to be started only when the required IFC drawings
CERTIFIED AND DATED
has been approved with the final protection scheme by the concerned COMPANY
Engineering authority, and the same for the SOE and DFR List. And all protective

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZK)

SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 91
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY

relays are to be tested using COMPANY approved program controlled computerized


relay test equipment, Programs for testing of all relays shall be submitted to the
COMPANY after completion of commissioning tests.

L. The CONTRACTOR shall perform automated calibration tests to prove the correct
relay characteristics and timing operation after adjusting the relays to the settings

I approved by COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out calibration tests via
COMPANY approved computer operated, test equipment, using automated test
routines developed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the Manufacturer for all
main protective numerical relays such as distance relays, differential relays, bus bar
protection relays etc, as the proposed numerical protective relays to be used in this
project are computerized and sophisticated electronic eqUipment, which includes
scheme configuration, fault recording features, local and remote access for down
loading system parameters and settings, it is requested that the CONTRACTOR
REVISIONS should have a commissioning engineer from the relay supplier or certified by the
relay supplier and Approved by the COMPANY to perform the acceptance
DRAWN BY;
/commissioning tests for the numerical relays involve in this projects, the approval
DATE:
has to granted at least two months prior to start the commissioning tests. All the
CBK'DBY: ~ automated test routines and sub routines, software accessories, leads required to
( perform the test has to be hand over to the COMPANY one set for each type of the
relays.

M. Field tests and commissioning results shall be submitted to the COMPANY not later
than two (2) days after completion of tests for review prior to the final energization.

N. All Pre-commissioning Tests shall be carried out in accordance with COMPANY's


Pre-commissioning Test Procedures ''TCS-P-105, Rev.01".

6.02 SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT

The CONTRACTOR shall perform all the applicable site commissioning tests of the
new equipment installed under this PROJECT in accordance with applicable
sections of the COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-105, Rev.01
"Commissioning Test and Checks of Power Transmission Network Equipment".

6.03 SCADA EQUIPMENT

CONTRACTOR shall finalize the SCADA Handover Book Sheets and Test
procedure to be submitted to Company at least two (2) weeks before the scheduled
pre commissioning

DATE: 08.10.2011 Pre-commissioning shall only be started if all SCADA points have been completely
wired.

Final commissioning shall be scheduled at least one (1) month after pre-
THIS DRAWING IS NOT commissioning has been successfully completed.
TO BE USED FOR
CONSI'RUCI'ION OR
FOR
MATERIALS
ORDERING
UNTIL **** END OF SECTION VI & SOWITS ****
CERTIFIED AND DATED

[PTS- 11CM01O-MZKj
PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. PAGE NO. REV.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
JOB ORDER NO. PTS- 92
C494 A OF 0
11CM010
HAIL SAUDI ARABIA 92
APPENDIX I

LIST OF ATTACHED
CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS
r:
.;
PROJECT TITLE PROJECT ENGINEER CONTRACT NO. JOB ORDER NO. DRAFTING OFFICE
POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
MOAYED Z. AL-KADHEM I V.SUBRAMANIAN -
HAIL SAUDI ARABlt
INITIAL REV. FURTHER REV.
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. DRAWING TITLE REMARKS
NO. NO nAT"
INDEXA
PTS-11CM010 1 TO 92 0 SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

INDEXP
CT-904241 1 OF 2 0 RELAYING AND METERING - ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR 13.8kV CAPACITOR BANK
CT-904241 2 OF 2 0 RELAYING AND METERING - ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR 33kV CAPACITOR BANK

PROJECT COMPLETION DATE PLANT NO. INDEX DRAWING NO. SHEET NO. REV. NO.
AS BUILT
BY
. . C494 X CT-904240 1 IOFI 1 0
APPENDIX II

MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES


APPENDIX II

MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES (SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS)

The following COMPANY Material Standard Specifications Data Schedules are attached. The
CONTRACTOR shall fill out the Data Schedule indicating the technical particulars of the
equipment offered by him. In no case, the data specified by the COMPANY in the Data Schedule
shall be erased or altered by the CONTRACTOR while he fills out his data.

1 10-TMSS-05 Bare Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod


(Rev. 1)

2 11- SDMS-03 15kV to 36kV XLPE Power Cables (36kV)


(Rev. 1)

3 11-TMSS-10 Power and/or Control Cable, Cu. or AI. Conductor, 600/1000V Rating
(Rev.O)

4 11-SMSS-11 Shielded Instrumentation Cables


(Rev. 2)

5 12-SDMS-Q1 Cable Joints, Terminations and Accessories up to 36kV (36kV)


(Rev. 0)

6 23-TMSS-01 PVC Conduits and Fittings for Under Ground Cables


(Rev.O)

7 23-TMSS-02 Duct Sealing Units


(Rev.O)

8 24-TMSS-01 Metallic Cable Tray Systems


(Rev. 0)

9 31-TMSS-01 Relay and Control Panels


(Rev. 0)

10 31-TMSS-02 Auxiliary AC/DC Panels


(Rev. 0)

11 31-TMSS-06 Terminal Blocks


(Rev. 0)

12 32-TMSS-01 Metal Clad Switch Gear, 11kV, 13.8kV, 33kV or 34.5kV (33kV)
(Rev.01)

13 35-TMSS-01 Surge Arresters, 11kV through 380kV


(Rev. 0)

14 37-TMSS-03 LV Circuit Breaker


(Rev.O)

10F2
15 38-TMSS-03 Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)
(Rev. 1)

16 38-TMSS-05 Annunciator System


(Rev. 0)

17 4Q-TMSS-02 Metering Devices


(Rev. 0)

18 43-TMSS-01 Shunt Capacitor Bank, Substation Type, 13.8kV through 380kV


(Rev.O)

19 48-TMSS-02 Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cables


(Rev.O)

20 50-TMSS-Q1 Current Transformers 11kV through 380kV


(Rev. 0)

21 50-TMSS-03 Potential Transformers (PT) 33kV through 380kV


(Rev. 0)

22 54-TMSS-01 Mineral Insulation Oil for Electrical Apparatus


(Rev.1 )

23 58-TMSS-02 Air Core Series Reactor, 13.8kV through 380kV (For De-Tuning)
(Rev.O)

24 70-TMSS-02 Chain Link Fence


(Rev.O)

25 70-TMSS-03 Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland cement Concrete


(Rev.O)

26 90-TMSS-03 Portable Fire Extinguishers


(Rev. 0)

20F2
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ '.-TMSS"', Rev.,

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

BARE COPPER-CLAD STEEL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND GROUND ROD

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order


No. Date: - - - -
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with r.o. No. -"-F_'_,S_----'.:.....l_C-_fI'


__O_,_O _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

ASTM B91O/B91OM *
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.2.2 Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor

AWG Size \" No.5


Nominal Cross-Section (mm') 3 / 'g. 11

Overall Diameter (mm) 23 U


Minimum Tensile Strength (kN) *
D.C. Resistance at 20C (QIkm) *

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETERS


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*)- DATAIPARAMETERS TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

~ 10TMSS05R011MSO Date of Approval: September 07, 2010 PAGE NO.9 OF 11


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECI.,CATlON <:::.J 10TMSS.(l5, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

BARE COPPER-CLAD STEEL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND GROUND ROD

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2.3 Copper-Clad Steel Ground Rod

Nominal Diameter (mm) 16 or 19

Actual Diameter (mm) 14.3 or 17.1

Minimum Length (mm) 3,000

4.3 Conductivity of Annealed Copper-Clad


40
Steel Wire (% lACS)

4.4 Direction of Lay left hand

4.5 Minimum Copper Thickness for:

Copper-Clad Steel Wire (mm) *


Ground Rod (mm) 0.25

4.6 Length of Grounding Conductor

Total Required Length (m) *


Maximum Length per Reel (m) 2,000

Tolerance in Length per Reel 5%

Type of Reel wooden

10TMSS05R01/MSO Date of Approval: September 07, 2010 PAGE NO. 10 OF 11


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECl"iCATJON <:.J "TMSS"', Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

BARE COPPER-CLAD STEEL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND GROUND ROD

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERJVENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

10TMSS05R01/MSO Date of Approval: September 07. 2010 PAGE NO. 110F11


Saudi Electricity Company (j ~4...>foSll ~..1.".....J1 ~y1.l1

11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet I of 4)
SEC Inuuirv No: Item No:
SEC
REF

4.0
DESCRIPTION
I
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SEC SPECIFIED
VALUES
VENDORPRQ-
POSED VALUES"

1. Reference Manufacturing Standard IEC-60502-2


2. Max. Permissible Continuous Conductor Temp ("C) 90
3. Maximum Short Circuit Temperature ("C) 250
4. Max. Permissible Cont. Temp. ofInner Covering (0C) *
" *
5. Max. Permissible Cont. Temp. of Outer Sheath (0C)
6. Rated Voltage (kV) 15kVor:er
7. Number of Cores VI~
8. Conductor Material Cuor Al
9. Shape of Conductor Round
10. Conductor Cross-Section (mrrr) I;;, "3C'0 '~...... (l').~ As per Inquiry
II. Approximate Diameter of Conductor (mm) *
12. Number of Strands of Conductor (No) *
13. Minimum Thickness of Conductor Shield (mm) *
14. Insulation Material XLPE
15. Nominal Thickness ofInsulation (mm) As perIEC
16. Min/Max Thickness ofStrippable Semi Conducting
Insulation Shield Material (mm) *
17. Diameter Under Insulation Semicon (mm) *
18. No. & Nominal DiameterofCu Wire Screen (mm) *
19. Minimum Thickness of Copper Tape and Width (mm) O.lx15
20. Inner Covering Material PE
21. Nominal Thickness ofInner Covering (mm) *
22. Armor Type and Thickness (mm) *
23. Core Identification (Red, Yellow, Blue) Yes
24. Diameter under Inner Covering (mm) *
25. Filler Material *
26. Outer Sheath Material PVC type ST2
27. Diameter under Outer Sheath (mm) *
28. Thickness of Outer Sheath (mm) AsperIEC

~ Page 11 ofl7
Saudi Electricity Company (j ,,4JfoS.U ~J.jLwJ1 ~.;JJI

11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 2 of 4)
SEC Inquiry No: Item No:
SEC SEC SPECIFIED VENOORPRD-
REF DESCRIPTION VALUES POSED VALUES

Vl5kV-Red
29. Color of Outer Sheath
3i:1i1' wti~

30. Marking Embossed as Specified Yes


31. Overall Diameter of the Cable (mm)
32. Net Weight of Conductor (KglKm)
33. Conductor DC Resistance at 20C (Ohms/Km)
34. Conductor AC Resistance at 90C (Ohms/Km)
35. Inductance (mHlKm)
36. Inductive Reactance (OhmslKm)
37. Conductor Impedance at 90 C (Ohms/Km)
38. Zero Sequence Impedance Assuming all Current
in Screens:
R (Ohms/Km)
X (Ohms/Km)
39. Capacitance (uFlKm)
40. Charging Current (AmpslKm)
41. Earth Fault Capacitive Current (Amps/Km)
42. Short Circuit Rating of Cable based on Maximum
Conductor Operating Temperature (l Second)
- Conductor (KA)
- Screen (KA)
43. Conductor Temperature before Short Circuit (" C)
44. Conductor Temperature at the end of Short Circuit (" C)
45. Screen Temperature before Short Circuit (' C)
46. Screen Temperature at the end of Short Circuit (' C)
2~or 15 kV
47. System Short Circuit for one Second (leA)
~SA3"fV
48. Permissible load in Amps under Maximum Service
Conditions given in this Specification (Amp)

49. Maximum pulling Tension (kN)
50. Maximum side wall press (kN/m)
51. Maximum Bending Radius (m)
52. Meets Strippability requirement of AEIC CS-8 Yes

{?; Page 120f17


Saudi Electricity Company (j ~~~ ~J.....-n A.syill

11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 3 of 4)
SEC Inquiry No: Item No:
SEC SEC SPECIFIED VENDOR PRO-
REF DESCRIPTION VALUES POSED VALUES

53. Maximum partial discharge at 1.5 times rated


Yes
voltage, 10 PC
54. Meets Spark Test requirement for jacket Yes
55. Meets all Test requirements oflEC-60502-2 Yes
6.0 I PACKING AND SHIPPING
I. Drum Type Returnable
2. Length of Cable (m) As per Inquiry
3. Dimensions (m) *
4. Gross Weight (Kg) *
5. Net Weight (Kg) *
6. Marking as per the Specification Yes
8.0 I SUBMITTALS
1. All submittals as per the Specification Yes

Note: (*) - Values to be provided/proposed by the Vendor.


(**) - Please provide explanations for deviations, if any.

Page 13 of17
Saudi Electricity Company
G --4J+S.ll ~J.".....JI
11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
~y1.l1

SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION


DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 4 of 4)

SEC Inquiry No: Item No:

A) Additional Technical Information or Features Specified by SEC.

B) Additional Supplementary Data or Features Proposed by BidderNendor/Supplier.

C) Other Particulars to be filled-up by the BidderNendorlSupplier.

D) List of Deviations and Clauses to which exception is taken by the


BidderNendor/Supplier.
(Use separate sheet, if necessary).

Manufacturer of
DESCRIPTION VendorlSupplier
MateriallEquipment

Name of Company

Location and Office Address

Name and Signature of Authorized


Representative with Date

Official Seal I Stamp

Page 14 oft?
Saudi Electricity Company
CJ "4~ ~J,JLwJ1 ;,s.;JJ1

ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004
P'IS .- " C. M 0 \ 0
9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE
15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 1 of 4)
SEC Inouirv No: Item No:
SEC
REF
4.0
DESCRIPTION
I I
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SEC SPECIFIED
VALUES
VENDORPR0-
POSED VALUES"

I. Reference Manufacturing Standard IEC-60502-2


2. Max. Permissible Continuous Conductor Temp (0C) 90
3. Maximum Short Circuit Temperature ("C) 250
4. Max. Permissible Cont. Temp. ofInner Covering ("C)
5. Max. Permissible Cont. Temp. of Outer Sheath eC) /'
6. Rated Voltage (kV) J.@" or 3'6kV
7. Number of Cores V1e
8. Conductor Material vlSu~
9. Shape of Conductor ~ Round
10. Conductor Cross-Section (mrn") 63C' Itt ("lI- As per Inquiry
II. Approximate Diameter of Conductor (mm)
12. Number of Strands of Conductor (No)
13. Minimum Thickness of Conductor Shield (mm)
14. Insulation Material XLPE
15. Nominal Thickness ofInsulation (mm) As perIEC
16. MinIMax Thickness ofStrippable Semi Conducting
Insulation Shield Material (mm)

17. Diameter Under Insulation Semicon (mm)
18. No. & Nominal Diameter ofCu Wire Screen (mm)
19. Minimum Thickness of Copper Tape and Width (mm) 0.IxI5
20. Inner Covering Material PE
21. Nominal Thickness ofInner Covering (mm) *
22. Armor Type and Thickness (mm)
23. Core Identification (Red, Yellow, Blue) Yes
24. Diameter under Inner Covering (mm)
25. Filler Material
26. Outer Sheath Material PVC type ST2
27. Diameter under Outer Sheath (mm)
28. Thickness of Outer Sheath (mm) As per IEC

~ Page 11 of 17
Saudi Electricity Company .(j ~4.)foS.U ~J.jlLoWJ1 ~yJJl

11-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 2 of 4)
SEC Inquiry No: Item No:
SEC SEC SPECIFIED VENDORPRQ-
REF DESCRIPTION VALUES POSED VALUES

tfilH Jetl
29. Color of Outer Sheath
tl36 kV - Black
30. Marking Embossed as Specified Yes
31. Overall Diameter of the Cable (mm) *
32. Net Weight of Conductor (Kg/Km) *
33. Conductor DC Resistance at 20C (Ohms/Km) *
34. Conductor AC Resistance at 90C (Ohms/Km) *
35. Inductance (mH/Km) *
36. Inductive Reactance (OhmslKm) *
37. Conductor Impedance at 900C (OhmslKm) *
38. Zero Sequence Impedance Assuming all Current
in Screens:
R (Ohms/Km) *
X (Ohms/Km)
39. Capacitance (uFlKm) *
40. Charging Current (AmpsiKm)
41. Earth Fault Capacitive Current (Amps/Km)
42. Short Circuit Rating of Cable based on Maximum
Conductor Operating Temperature (I Second)
- Conductor (KA)
- Screen (KA)
43. Conductor Temperature before Short Circuit CO C)
44. Conductor Temperature at the end of Short Circuit (0 C)
45. Screen Temperature before Short Circuit (0 C)
46. Screen Temperature at the end of Short Circuit CO C) *
47. System Short Circuit for one Second (kA)
j;flt Hj I:V
25 for 36 kV
48. Permissible load in Amps under Maximum Service
Conditions given in this Specification (Amp) *
49. Maximum pulling Tension (kN)
50. Maximum side wall press (kN/m)
51. Maximum Bending Radius (m)
52. Meets Strippability requirement of AEIC CS-8 Yes

~ p age 12 of17
Saudi Electricity Company (j ~4~ ~J.".....JI ~~I

ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet3 of 4)
SEC Inquiry No: Item No:
SEC SEC SPECIFIED VENDOR PRO-
REF DESCRIPTION VALUES POSED VALUES"

53. Maximum partial discharge at 1.5 times rated


Yes
voltage, 10 PC
54. Meets Spark Test requirement for jacket Yes
55. Meets all Test requirements ofIEC-60502-2 Yes

6.0 I PACKING AND SHIPPING


1. Drum Type Returnable
2. Length of Cable (m) As per Inquiry
3. Dimensions (m) *
4. Gross Weight (Kg) *
5. Net Weight (Kg) *
6. Marking as per the Specification Yes
8.0 I SUBMITTALS
1. All submittals as per the Specification Yes

Note: (*) - Values to be provided/proposed by the Vendor.


(**) - Please provide explanations for deviations, if any.

Page 13 of 17

J'---- _
Saudi Electricity Company
G ~4...>f1ll ~J~I ~yJJl

ll-SDMS-03, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 01-11-2004

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE


15 KV TO 36 KV XLPE POWER CABLES
(Sheet 4 of 4)

SEC Inquiry No: Item No:

A) Additional Technical Information or Features Specified by SEC.

B) Additional Supplementary Data or Features Proposed by BidderNendor/Supplier.

C) Other Particulars to be filled-up by the BidderNendor/Supplier.

D) List of Deviations and Clauses to which exception is taken by the


BidderNendor/Supplier.
(Use separate sheet, if necessary).

Manufacturer of
DESCRIPTION Vendor/Supplier
Material/Equipment

Name of Company

Location and Office Address

Name and Signature of Authorized


Representative with Date

Official Seal / Stamp

~
Page 14 of 17

J _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (j "-TMSS-'., Rev .

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POWER AND/OR CONTROL CABLE, COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR,


600/1Q00V RATING

SEC Enquiry No. Date: - - - - -

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. _F_-r....c:s=._---=-,'_C__M_O_I_o _


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Standards to which material shall conform *

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.1 General
POV/~e. t
Cable application (Power or Control) C f'1JT R.eoL
PVGI
Cable installation g TSA.1
(conduit, duct, trays, direct burial, GIS etc.)

Voltage rating (kV) *


Fault current duration (sec.)

Available ground fault current (kA)


(when shielded cable is required)

Conductor DC resistance per kID at lOGC


(n) *

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAlPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

11TMSS1OROIYM Date of Approval: March 18, 2006 PAGE NO. 10 OF 14


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J HTMSS", Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POWER AND/OR CONTROL CABLE, COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR,


600/1OOOV RATING

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

Conductor AC resistance per Ian at lOC


(n) *

Minimum Insulation resistance per Ian at


lOC (MQ) *

Maximum permissible continuous


conductor temperature (0C) *

Maximum rated temperature of


insulation material (0C) *

Maximum permissible continuous


jacket temperature caC) *

4.3.1 Conductor Material Cu/~

Conductor cross sectional area (mm') *


For conductors -lmnf and larger:
Number of strands per conductor *
Diameter of compacted strand (rom) *
Number of conductors *
For conductors below 4mm 2 :
Stranding required? Yes/ ~

Number of strands per conductor *


Diameter of compacted strand (mm) *
Number of conductors *

~
=11=TM=S==S=1==OR==OfY=====M==============================
Date of Approval: March 18. 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 14
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 'HMSS-'., Rov. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POWER AND/OR CONTROL CABLE, COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR,


600/l000V RATING

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

Outer diameter of conductor (mm) *


Is conductor tinning required?

4.3.2 Insulation Material ~/XLPE

Minimum average thickness of insulation


(mm) *

Outer diameter over insulation (mm) *

Insulation shield material, if any

Thickness of insulation shield (mm) *


'fE'> F~"P- '"N.j r ~C'\.... (ABu;.~
4.3.3 Binder required? !'it"' F<:'~ P~lf1'& q..a.-:-::..E1 _
yes nR CO'Jig; .... <-l>.8 ...E;S
N<' F"~ f'e>v{ER- c I\./S\..E S
4.3.4 Metallic shield required? Yes / No _

Thickness of metallic shield (mm) *

4.3.5 Armor material, if any

4.3.6 Jacket Material PVC

Average jacket thickness (mm) *


Overall diameter of cable (mm) *
4.4.7 Reference standard for core
identification (IEC, ICEA) *

4.4.8 Color of single core cable/wire (if


applicable) *

11TMSS10ROIYM Date of Approval: March 18,2006 PAGE NO. 12 OF 14


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J "-TMSS.1., ROY.

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POWER AND/OR CONTROL CABLE, COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR,


600/1000V RATING

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

5.0 TESTS

5.3 List of special tests, if required -NO-

6.0 PACKING AND SHIPPING

6.3 Cable weight (kglkm) *


Reel and cable weight (kg) *
Cable length per Reel (m) *
Total quantity required (m)

Cable reel diameter (mm) *


Cable reel width (mm) *
Maximum pulling tension (kN) *
Minimum bending radius (mm) *

. 11TMSS1OROIYM Date of Approval: March 18, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 14


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J "-TMSS-l., Rov.

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POWER AND/OR CONTROL CABLE, COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR,


600/1000V RATING

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

11TMSS10ROIYM Dale of Approval: March 18, 2006 PAGE NO. 14 OF 14


~4~ ~j."......JI4.s.;-&.1\
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

SEC Enquiry No. _ Date:

SEC Purchse Order No. Date:


or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J. O. No. _ _"'--"-''''---''-"''-''''-'''-''-''-''-''-


PTS-llCMOI0 _

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.1 General

- Type of application
(process Control, SCADA, RELAYING
Computer, GIS, etc.) SCADA

4.1.2 Cable construction


(Single/Multiple, Pair/Triad) *
4.1.3 Reference manufacturing
standard (lCEA, 1EC) *

'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER


'B' - BIDDERISUPPLIERIVENDORICONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAl
PARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) - DATAl PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDERI
SUPPLIERIVENDORICONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

11SMSS11 R2IAAG PAGE NO.2 OF 15


,.4JfSll ~~."......JI ~~I
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Rated Voltage *


Conductor de resistance @
20C (Olkm) *
Conductor ac resistance @
20C (Olkm) *
Maximum permissible
continuous conductor
temperature (0C) *
Mutual capacitance (~Ikm) *
Capacitance unbalance (PF) *
Insulation resistance
@ 20C (MOIkm) *
Dielectric Strength :

Insulation withstand voltage


between conductors (V) *
Insulation withstand voltage
between conductors and
shield (kV) *
Attenuation (dBlkm) *
Cross-talk loss *

11SMSS11R2/AAG PAGE NO.3 OF 15


,.t.:..>fSll ~J~I4.s~1
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3.1 Conductor:

Material *
Size (mm-) *
Number of strands *
4.3.2 Insulation:

Material (pVC or XLPE) *


Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (rnm) *
Rated temperature COc) *
4.3.3 Group Shield:

Material *
Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
4.3.4 Size of communication
wire, if applicable (mm-) *

11SMSS11R2/AAG PAGE NO. 4 OF 15


9-4Jf-S.ll4.:J~1 J..s~1
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3.5 Cable Shield:

Material *
Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
4.3.7 Inner Jacket (if applicable):

Material (pVC or XLPE) *


Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
Rated temperature (0C) *
4.3.8 Is metallic sheath required? Yes/W@

Sheath material Applicable only Relaying


Purpose, Refer Appendix-

Sheath average thickness (mm) *


Sheath minimum
thickness (mm) *

11SMSS11R2/AAG PAGE NO.5 OF 15


9-4~ ~J~I 4.sj-JJ1
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3.9 Is armor sheath required? ~lNo

Sheath material *
Sheath average thickness (mm) *
Sheath minimum
thickness (mm) *
4.3.10 Outer Jacket:

Material (PVC or XLPE) *


Average thickness (mm) *
Minimum thickness (mm) *
6.3 Cable weight (kg/km) *
Reel and cable weight (kg) *
Cable length per reel (m) *
Total quantity required (m)

Cable reel diameter (mm) *


Cable reel width (mm) *

11SMSS11R2/AAG PAGE NO.6 OF 15


~~.JfSll4.:J~1 J..s~1
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

6.3 Cont'd.

Maximum pulling
tension (kN) *
Minimum bending
radius (mm) *

11SMSS11R2/AAG PAGE NO. 7 OF 15


(j 9'4JfSll ~J~I 4..s~1
Saudi Electricity Company

SEC MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 11-SMSS-11, Rev. 2

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHIELDED INSTRUMENTATION CABLES

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES SPECIFIED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY BIDDER


VENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDOR/SUPPLIER/


CONTRACTOR:

Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/
Of Material/Equipment Contract

Name of the Company

Location and Address

Name and Signature of


Authorized Representative
and Date

Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company

~
11SMSS11R2IAAG PAGE NO.8 OF 15
Saudi Electricity Company
CJ ~4~~j~I~~1

12-SDMS-Ol, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 19-06-2010G

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE: fi5- ,'CfV\O\O


Cable Joints and Terminations
(Sheet 1 of2)

SEC Inquiry No: Item No:

SEC SEC SPECIFIED VENDOR


DESCRIPTION PROPOSED
~EF. VALUES(*)
VA> 11T1i'~

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION


4 REQUIREMENTS

1 Joint! Termination *

Heat Shrinkable tf~AT


2 Type Cold Shrinkable i5HR IN KA aU,
Pre- Molded
3 Outdoor/Indoor (Termination only) OU"T/)Of>f!,R..~
1l'J 000

Indoor Termination Length: *


4 Low Voltage *
Medium Voltage *

Conductor material, size and number of C("rpE""~


7 i 1- b"?;,o m (YI1..
cable cores
8 Voltage Designation (kV) *

9 Manufacturer Catalog Number *


Class of Termination as per
10 Yes
IEEE-48

11
Creepage Distance (mm)
(Outdoor Termination only)
40 fYIf'J/ K V
List of contents per Kit supplied as per
12 Yes
SEC approved sample

Submittals Required as part of


14 Yes
Tender/Inquiry included
15 Weight of each JointlTennination (Kg) -
16 Name of the Manufacturer Yes

17 Country of Origin Yes

* As per tender/inquiry, as applicable.

Page 15 of 16
Saudi Electricity Company (j ~~.J+Sll ~..l.,,-ll ~~\

12-SDMS-Ol, Rev. 01
SEC DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS SPECIFICATION
DATE: 19-06-2010G

9.0 TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE:

Cable Joints and Terminations


(Sheet 2 of 2)

SEC Inquiry No: Item No:

A) Additional technical information or features specified by SEC.

B) Additional supplementary data or features proposed by bidder/vendorl


supplier.

C) Other particulars to be filled-up by the bidder/vendorlsupplier.

D) List of deviations and clauses to which exception is taken by the


bidderl vendorl supplier.
(Use separate sheet, if necessary).

Manufacturer of Vendorl
Description
Material Supplier

Name of Company

Location and Office Address

Name & Signature of Authorized


Representative with date

Official Seal I Stamp

Page 16 of 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION'\..) ''-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PVC CONDillTS & FITTINGS FOR UNDERGROUND CABLES

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order
No.
or Contract No. Date:
-----
SEC PTS No.lProject Title with r.o. No. P T S - \ \ CfIl 0 I0
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standards *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.2 Type of PVC conduit (Type DB, EB, EPC-


40-PVC, PVC corrugated flexible tubing) *

4.3.2 Continuous operating temperature (0C) 90

4.3.3 Mximum emergency connductor


overloading temperature (0C) 105

4.4.1 PVC conduit compound cell classification 12154

a. Kind of resin in compound PVC

b. Impact resistance, (Jim) of notch >80.1

c. Tensile strength, (Mpa) 21.0 to 27.5

d. Modulus of elasticity in tension,


(Mpa) 3585 to 4275

e. Deflection temperature under load of


1.82 MPa, (0C) 100 to 110

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.

& (*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/


VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~ 23TMSS01RO/AGG Date of Approval: Ocotber 9, 2007 PAGE NO. 22 OF 24


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ ,,-lMSS-Ol, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS FOR UNDERGROUND CABLES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4.2 PVC fitting compound cell classification 11232

a. Kind of resin in compound PVC

b. Impact resistance, (Jim) of notch >40.0

c. Tensile strength, (Mpa) 27.5 to 34.4

d. Modulus of elasticity in tension,


(Mpa) 2620 to 3171

e. Deflection temperature under load


of 1.82 MPa, (0C) 70 to 80

4.5.2 Overall length of conduit (m) 6.10m O.03m

4.5.3 Have belled-end conduits? YeslNo

4.6.1 Conduit size

Outside diameter (mm) *


Minimam Wall Thickness (mm) *

Dale of Approval: Ocolber 9,2007 PAGE NO. 23 OF 24


TRANSMISSION MATERIALSSTANDARD SPECIFICATION.<:::.J 23-TMSS-G1, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PVC CONDIDTS & FITTINGS FOR UNDERGROUND CABLES

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

~ 2=3""TM==S:::::SO==1==RO==/A===G:::::G=========::===:====:=::::=:================::::======
Date of Approval: Ocotber 9. 2007
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::.J 23-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

DUCT SEALING UNITS

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order Date:
No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No.


-p-rS
--- - - cr
\ \- C>
--- ---------- 0'
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.12 Type (empty or cable) fMj>T" l- CAI~ Lf:


Location to be installed (underground, cable
vault, etc.) *

Inside diameter or dimensions of duct (mm)1\5. RlQU I/*.D _


Provision of dimensional sketch for non-
Yes/No
circular cross section

Precise outside diameter of cable (mm) ~.

Precise outside diameter of neutral wire


(mm)

4.4.1 Material:
Sealing *

4.4.3 Compression Plate *


Bolt(s) *
'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETERS
'B' - BIDDERJSUPPLIERIVENDORJCONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA!
PARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) - DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE
BIDDERJSUPPLIERJ VENDORJCONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

~~;:===========:====:======~===
23TMSS02RO/AAG Date of Approval: August 5, 2006 G PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPEClFlCAHON

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE


<:J 23 oTlolSS"',
Rev. 0

DUCT SEALING UNITS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Washers *
Nuts

4.3.1 Maximum Operating Temperature of the


*
Duct Sealing Unit CC)

4.3.2 Maximum Operating Pressure of the Duct


Sealing Unit (kPa) '"
4.6.5 Recommended nut torque for 69 kPa (10
psi) pressure (Joule or Nm) '"
Maximum Nut Torque (Joule or Nm)

~
. 2"':3:;;TM=:=:S~S~02~R;:::OI:=:=AA~G=============:;===========::=============
Date of Approval: AugustS, 2006 G PAGE NO. 12 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <:::J 23-TMSS"2, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

DUCT SEALING UNITS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNlCAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORlSUPPLIERlCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

1$
2:::::3T=M':':S~SO:::2::;RO=/AA:=:=:G========::=:===:=':'===:==~:':""'==============
Date of Approval: August 5, 2006 G PAGE NO. 13 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION CJ 24TMSS.Q1, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order
No. or Contract No. Date: _

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with 1.0. No. _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable industry standard *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.2 Design Criteria

Tray designation *
Working load capacity (kg/m) *
Safety factor 1.5

Maximum deflection (rom) 12

4.2 Materials

Type of material (AI/Steel)

Type of protection

a) If aluminum alloy,
b) If carbon steel,

'A '- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDERlSUPPLIERlVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DAT AlPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER!
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~
, =::2~4T;;';M~SS~0:;;1R::;:OIY=BQ:;========;:='===;=:===;=::===:=~=:==========::=:=::=::=:=:=::==:=::::::::::
Date of Approval: March 18,2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 24-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Fabrication

Type of Cable Tray (Ladder, Trough, Solid


Bottom, Channel) LN/D~R

Rung spacing for ladder type tray (mm) *


Minimum thickness of material (mm) 2

Span length (mm) *


Moment ofIneria (mm") *
Section modulus for two side rails (mnr') *
Are Cable Barriers Required? ~~/~
Finish touch up *

24TMSS01 ROIYBQ PAGE NO. 12 OF 13


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 24-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERlVENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name ofthe Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

24TMSS01 RO/YBQ Date of Approval; March 18, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 13


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 31-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

RELAY AND CONTROL PANEL

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order Date:
No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. --0--=-=---_--0- _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable industry standards *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOillREMENTS

4.1 Fabrication

Degree of protection IP41

Panel Dimension in rom (W x D x H)

ABTS/APTS Panel *
RTCC/AVC Panel *
CB Control Panel *
Bus Coupler and Bus Section Panel *
Synchronising Panel *
Mosaic CB Control Panel (if
*
applicable)

Panels other than above (if applicable) *

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
~ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

31TMSS01 RO/KVJ Date of Approval: February 22, 2006 PAGE NO. 26 OF 30


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \J 31-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

RELAY AND CONTROL PANEL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Miscellaneous electrical requiremen~ "2.. 2..-. J1'2 "1


Auxiliary Power Supply AC (Vac\. A s ''2>?>o
(oR) 1'2.:2-<:" _

Voltage Range
ItPf'L \LA BLf) + \
- 0
"I "
Auxiliary Power Supply DC (Vdc 4 \\0 /12...5
(A~ J\PPLI<AB.O ~& -I'2.11eV' lIoVDe
Voltage Range q 0 - 140 fey I 2.J5 VJ)C
Rated CT Secondary (A) lor 5
120 \I i 2-0
Rated VT Secondary (V) '6" " ~
Indication lamps (LED type) l.ED
4.3 Terminal Blocks

Type of Terminal Blocks


(Vendor to provide literature or catalogue) *
4.4 Relays, Meters and Instruments

Complete list of the required Protective


Relay, Meters and Instruments Provided? * YeslNo

Drawing Attachments:

a. Relay and Metering One-line Diagram * YeslNo

b. Front and Rear Panel Layout * YeslNo

c. Rear Panel Wiring! Interconnection


* YeslNo
Block Diagrams

Technical literature or Catalogs of all


Required Relays, Meters and Instruments * YeslNo
Provided?

4.5 Wiring

Type of insulated wire * YeslNo


31TMSS01ROIKVJ Date of Approval: February 22,2006 PAGE NO. 27 OF 30
4<: c..oN'R'K,,n-,~ Tt:> V{;~\FY FOP. T;:Aui AtJ Y f"'oL\.OW
AS A v'A\"~B i.--B IN EX\5TIN 6- .srs:
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATlON<:J 31TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

RELAY AND CONTROL PANEL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.6 Grounding

Size of Copper Ground Bus (mmi) 150

Size of Copper Ground Conductor (mnr') 95

4.7 Mimic Bus Diagram


,/
Mimic bus diagram required? Yes_

Mimic bus material YeslNo

4.8 Annunciator system

Annunciator system required

5.1 RTCC Panels

Digital Voltmeter required on HV side (VT


available)
rJ~esIN 0

Additional equipment/devices required?


YeslNo
If yes, List these

5.2 Control Switches

Type or Model No. *


Contact Ratings:

Current (A)

Number of Contacts

~ Number of Shipping Section *

'* LV!""'\"" ~"'CTOr-


31TMSS01 ROIKVJ f) . Date of Approval: February 22, 2006
Fo~ EAc::...H S/~ A.N D poL-LOW
ro \/1?R.\fY
PAGE NO. 28 OF 30
A>
AvA\l-ABU~' IN ~\s,lN& S/5
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 31-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

RELAY AND CONTROL PANEL

6.0 OPTIONAL OR SPECIAL TESTS REQUIREMENTS (if any)

~
. ~31~TM;::::S:;:S===01=:::R~01KV:::=:=:=J========:=======:=================
Date of Approval: February 22, 2006 PAGE NO. 29 OF 30
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 31-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

RELAY AND CONTROL PANEL

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name ofthe Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company &
Date

31TMSS01RO/KVJ PAGE NO. 30 OF 30


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 31-TMSS02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACmC PANELS

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order Date:
No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. Il CM 0\0


pTS - --'- _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable industry standard *

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.1 Dead front


endlMulti-
Main distribution board
cubicle
assembly
Mounting of sub-distribution Boards VFloor~
Tie box (for 48V DC Telcom applications
Only)
No. of DC distribution metering and low
voltage disconnect unit

4.2 Rating

Auxiliary power supply voltage (Vac)


Operating range
* 3 cg 0/ "Z,.'"LO
10 %
Auxiliary power supply voltage (Vdc)
Operating range
*" I' 0 Ii .2.5
*
4.3 Enclosure

For AC system
Panel dimensions (mm)
Width *
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAJPARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDERISUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAJPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
Ah
(*)- DATAJPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER!
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 31TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACIDC PANELS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Depth *
Height *
For DC system
Panel dimensions (mm)
Width *
Depth *
Height *
Degree of protection IP41

No. of main panels (ACIDC) *


No. of sub-distribution panel boards
(ACIDC)
*

Cable entry (ToplBottom) BC1TTOM

4.4 Circuit Breakers

No. of outgoing AC circuits of

Main Distribution Panel :I<


Sub Distribution Panel

Air Circuit Breakers (ACB)


*
ACBmake *
ACBtype *
Country of Manufacture *
Catalogue No. *
Nominal Rating (V) *
Amp. Capacity (A) *
Short Circuit Interrupting Capacity
Symmetrical(kA) *
Asymmetrical (kA) *
Duration (Sec.) *

~=;3::=1T;::M::;:S:;;::SO;::;1~RO;:;:/I<:V=::=:=:=J========:==:=:======:::::::==================
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 23 OF 29
lr--------------------
I

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPEC,FICATION <::.J 31-TMSS.Q2, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY AC/DC PANELS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Circuit Breakers (continued)

Operating Mechanism
(MechanicalJElectrical) *

Fuses provided? * Yes/No


Fuse type *
Catalogue No *
Closing coil
Rated voltage (Vde) *
VA burden *
Operating range (Vde) *
Tripping coil
Rated voltage (Vde) *
VA burden *
Operating range (Vde) *
Spring charging motor
Rated voltage (Vde) *
VA burden *
Operating range (Vde) *
Closing time (ms) *
Opening time (ms) *
Number of Auxiliary contacts
NO contacts *
NC contacts *
Auxiliary contacts provided for Alarm y;'s~
Number of NO contacts *
Number ofNC contacts *
Trip ~;mc
Number of NO contacts *
Number ofNC contacts *
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB)
MCCB make *

~ 31TMSS01RO/KVJ Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 24 OF 29


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::.J 31-TMSS02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACmC PANELS


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J 31TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACmC PANELS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Circuit Breakers (Continued)

MCBtype *
Country of Manufacture *
Catalogue No. *
Nominal Rating (V)
AC voltage (V ae)
DC voltage (V de)

Ampere Capacity (A)


AC 15/20
DC 15/20

Short Circuit Interrupting Capacity


Symmetrical (kA) *
Asymmetrical (kA) *
Duration (Sec.) *
Auxiliary contacts provided for Alarm
Number of NO contacts *
Number ofNC contacts *
4.5 Dry type transformer

Rating (kVA) *
Type of insulation *
Voltage ratio *
No. of taps on secondary side *
Range of taps *
Vector group Dynll

4.6 Busbars

Rated voltage (V)


AC voltage (V nTIs) *
DC voltage (V de) *
Current (A) *
Short time current for 1 sec. (kA) *
~ Size of busbar (rom x mm) *
31TMSS01ROIKVJ I R .oJ Dale of -:,-,Pproval: May 30,2006 .. I P.f.GE NO. 26 OF 29
*c.ot.JTRAcTOR.. TO vt: 11=-, FDf< ~ALH ~/.s AND Fo t- \..0 v'-' p.s,
AV/Jt..I\..-ABLE \rJ Elt'IST)!'JG' ~(J,.
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::::J 31-TMSS02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACIDC PANELS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Busbars (Continued)

Number of busbars *
Material of busbar *
4.7 Relays, Meters, Instruments & Contactors

Complete list of the required protective


Relay and DC contactors provided * YeslNo

Drawing Attachments
Relay one line diagram * YeslNo
Panel layout * YeslNo

Technical literature or catalogues of all


required and DC contactors provided * YeslNo

Relays
Make *
Type *
ACMeters
KWH meter
Range *
Make *
ACAmmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I

AC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I

DC Meters (for Distribution and Sub


distribution panels)

DC Ammeter

4; Range
31TMSS01ROIKVJ
*
Date of Approval; May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 27 OF 29
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 31-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY ACmC PANELS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c

4.7 Relays (Continued)

Make *
Accuracy Class I

DC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I

DC Meters (For Telecom/commWlication


panels)
DC Ammeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I

DC Voltmeter
Range *
Make *
Accuracy Class I

4.8 Instrument Transformers

CT secondary rating (A) SA/IA

Accuracy Class
Metering 0.5
Protection *
4.10 Wiring and terminal blocks

Type of insulated wire *


Type of terminal blocks *
(Vendor to provide literature or catalogue)

4.12 Grounding
Size of copper ground bus (mm x mm) *
Type of ground clamp or Conductor *

~.
Size of ground conductor (mnr') *
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 28 OF 29
31TMSS01ROIKVJ
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::.J 31-TMSSoOZ. Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AUXILIARY AC/DC PANELS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFOR1v1ATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORlSUPPLIERlCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

cA~~=============
- 31TMSS01RO/KVJ Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 29 OF 29
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION G 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

TERMINAL BLOCKS

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


------
SEC Purchase Order Date:
No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with lO. No. p-rs- t \ C/'AO\ D _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Terminal Block Make *


TypelModel No. *
Catalogue Enclosed Yes

Comparative Tracking Index (CTI) ~200


Creepage distance (rom) 8
Material group per IEC 60947-1 *

A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'- BlDDERJSUPPLIERNENDORJCONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BlDDERJSUPPLIERJ
VENDORJCONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~
. ;"3:='1T:::'M;:;S~SO:::=6R==-0:::=/K::::SB========~;:::=;;;:;;::;:;:='::::;r.=:;;:;i91':"':=.5'~~============
Dale ofApproval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 6 OF 8
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0

6 DATA SCHEDULE

TERMINAL BLOCKS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Screw/Spring
Terminal Block Type loaded
CT Terminal Block -Disconnecting CT
Yes
shorting terminal with ground link
VT Circuits Sliding Link
Spare Terminals per Terminal Block *

~=;3:::::1T;:M::::S':::SO:::6':::RO:::IK::::S:;:'B=======::;;;;;~~=::r.=;r:;"E~~~==============
Date of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 7 OF 8
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 31-TMSS-06, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

TERMINAL BLOCKS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

~
=3""1""'TM==:S:==S:;;::06:==R:;;::O/;:;;KS:==B:=========;;:=~77"====;=;~==.'.'=='='===============
Dale of Approval: G. Month dd, yyyy PAGE NO. 8 OF 8
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATlONG===========

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR II kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

SEC Enquiry No. Date: -----

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. y -r..s ~ \\ C fV'\ 0 I0


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND


STANDARDS *
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

Mean Altitude above Sea Level (m) <... I OD CJ 0'l _


Type of Upstream Neutral Grounding
"* RG:~R Sf:C1"lo.tJ-3
(Solidly grounded, resistance grounded) 0 F' P T..s
4.2 Switchgear Assembly

Switchgear Model Designation *


No. of Panels in the Switchgear for
Incoming Feeders
Outgoing Feeders
Bus tie Breaker(s)
Bus Riser/Metering
Station Service Transformer
Dedicated Feeder(s)

Material of Bus Support Insulators *


Switchgear Enclosure RAL Color Finish RAI 1113j

. Natural/
Type of cooling F d
If) I r: orce
~~C@ L cr- S~~Oe FGRNt:: vJ SWIT<:Hf,L;ARPP-NE"1.- sHAL.-I..8 J\1,ATCH&i)
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER. fJ./STlrJ6 .5>\!.J I, C.HG-f-AR P'ANEL-
'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
~ VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
o 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Dale of Approval:June 30,2010 PAGENO. 26 OF 41
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 32TM""', Rev.,

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Ratings:

Nominal Voltage of Switchgear &


Breaker

Maximum Voltage Withstand 5 It{"l...\.. 1& &..


(Emergency conditions) of (kV nns) Bt>..c;~D oN
Switchgear & Breaker 'Dr RA"Tl lJG _

Design Ambient Temperature of


Switchgear & Breaker

I.2/50jlS Lightning Impulse


Withstand Voltage of Switchgear,
Breaker, ES, CT & VT: Si-tAl.l. ~p
To ground and between phases (kVpeak) BA s ~ D "rJ
Across Isolating Distance (to (kVpeak) OfR.ATIOG
applicable equipment)

Power Frequency Withstand


Voltage of Switchgear, Breaker,
ES,CT&VT:
To ground and between phases (kV
nns
) s>rLAl-L IS E
Across Isolating Distance (to f:;AS(:-V 0 N
applicable equipment) (kV nns) O"RA1"ING
-----
Power Frequency Withstand S.~f\I-L-lSb
(kV nns) ef:\s.6D o,..!!
Voltage of Auxiliary Circuits p~ RArTI tJ Gl.X- _

Rated Continuous Current of:


Switchgear Main Busbar (A nns)
Incomer Circuit (Anns)
Bus Tie Circuit (A nns)
Outgoing Feeder Circuit (Anns)
Metering Feeder circuit (A nns)
Station Service transformer
(Anns)
circuit

, 32TMSS01ROllKVJ Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 27 OF 41

J
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .(j=~~~~~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c'
4.3 Contd.
Rated Short-time Withstand
Current of Switchgear, Circuit (kA rms)
Breaker, ES & CT 25v-A
Short-time current Duration (s) ) See.-

Rated Peak withstand current of


Switchgear, CB, ES & CT (2.6 x (kApeak)
Isc) 661<1>-
Internal arc fault current for 1(s) (kA)

4.4 Degree of Protection of Indoor Enclosure IP4X

Type of material used in metal-cladding *


Minimum thickness of enclosure (mm) *
Material of partition between bus bar
compartments *

Material of seal-off bushing at partition


between bus bar compartments *

4.5 Outdoor Enclosure

Is outdoor enclosure required? 'resINo

Degree of Protection of Outdoor Enclosure IP54

4.6 Busbar Conductors and Connections


Material of busbar (Cu)
Busbar insulation material *
Material of insulating covers for bus
bars and molded boots for bus bar *
connections

4.7 Power Circuit Breakers

Breaker Model Designation *

it 32TMSS01 ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30. 2010 PAGE NO. 28 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION .(j ======================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.7 Cont'd.
(SF6/
Breaker Insulation medium
Vacuum) *

Rated SF6 gas pressure (kPa) *


Breaker close lockout pressure
(kPa) *
(if applicable)

Breaker trip lockout pressure (if


applicable)
(kPa) *

Rated Symmetrical Interrupting


Current of Breaker at Nominal (kA nns) *
Voltage

Rated Peak withstand/ Making


Current of breaker
(kApeak) *

First Pole To Clear Factor of


1.5
breaker

Rated Interrupting Time of (Cycles/m


5/80
breaker s)

Arcing Time
Maximum (ms) *
Minimum (ms) *
Rated opening time (ms) *
Rated Closing Time (ms) *
Rated Reclosing Time (ms) *
Rated Close-Open Time (ms) *
Rated Permissible Tripping Delay (s) *
Minimum Opening Time of the
(ms)
first opening pole of the Breaker

~
32TMSS01 ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 29 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 1I kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.7 Cont'd.
Sf/AI-I. &. A!: PE/2
5:)(1 ST\N &-
O-0.3s-CO-
3min-CO
Rated Operation Sequence or
O-0.3s-CO-
15s-CO

Breaker Design XIR Ratio 17 (Min.)

Maximum DC resistance of the


power carrying circuit from
terminal to terminal of circuit
(Ohm) *
breaker

Temperature Rise at Rated


Continuous Current of circuit
breaker
Main Contacts (0C) *
Terminals (0C) *
Rated Out-of-Phase breaking
current capability
(kArms) *

Rated cable charging current


Breaking capability
(Arms) *

Rated back to back capacitor bank


Breaking current, if applicable
(Arms)
*.
Rated Capacitor Bank In-rush
(kApeak) 20
Making Current, if applicable

Rated Transient Recovery


Voltage for Terminal Fault
(kVpeak) *

Operating Mechanism:
Type *
Designation *

cfr. 32TMSS01ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30. 2010 PAGE NO. 30 OF 41


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION .<::J================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.7 Cont'd.
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
Total Number of normally Open (Nos) ...
Total Number of normally ...
(Nos)
Closed
Rated current (Adc) ...
Rated voltage (Vdc) ...
Number of close-open operations
that can be performed by the ...
mechanism before spring recharge

Time required to charge the ...


(s)
closing spring

Auto-reclose IN/OUT selector


switch Required for Outgoing '\1i8/No
Feeders?

Auto-reclose lockout reset push


button Required for Outgoing ,Cs/No
Feeders?

DC Control power

Breaker Spring Charging Motor


Rated voltage (V dc) 125
Range of operating voltage (Vdc) 90-140
Rated current (Ado) ...
Maximum starting Current (Ado) ...

Breaker closing Coil


Range of operating voltage (Vdo) 90-140
Rated current (Ado) ...

Breaker tripping Coil


Range of operating voltage (Vdo) 70-140
Rated current (Ado) ...

Grounding Trucks required for


bus bar grounding? (Specify their Yes/No
numbers)

~
32TMSS01 R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 31 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ ================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.11 Low voltage compartment


Light Points
Voltage (V ac) 127
Power (Watts) *
Space Heaters
Voltage (Vac) 220
Power (Watts) *
Receptacles
Voltage (Vac) 127
Current (Amp) 15

Voltage (V ac) 220


Current (Amp) 10
LED/
Type of indicator
Lamp *

Relays, Meters, transducers and


Instrument (Specify details,
provide a complete list and
metering one-line diagram for
review)
Transducers
Input current (Amp) lor 5
Output current (rnA) 0-1
Accuracy ::::0.25

Analogi
Type of meter
Digital *

Metering Accuracy Class


Digital meters 0.5
Analog meters 1.0
Revenue meters 0.2

4.12 lEDs
lED type / Model number *
Make and country of origin *

it
32TMSS01R01IKVJ Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 32 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ =::::::==========~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.12 Cont'd.

Functions included in the *


standard configurations

Supported functions *
Supported tools *
Optional functions *
Number of physical connection
in the standard configuration *
(analog and binary)

Supported Communication
interfaces and protocols *
Auxiliary Power

Mounting

Display

Operating temperature range

4.13 Instrument Transformers

Type ofCT ...

Make & country of origin of CT *


Type of CT Insulation Class &
locations *

Rated Current of CT Secondary (A) lor 5

32TMSS01R01IKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 33 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 3HMSS-o" RoY. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.13 Cont'd.
CT Continuous Thermal Rating
Single ratio CT 120%
Dual ratio CT 120%

Rated Short Time Withstand


Current of CT:
Thermal, Ith (kA rms) *
Dynamic (kApeak) _=:.:=._
2.6xlth

Short time thermal current


duration
(s) *

Rated parimary short circuit


current ofCT, (Ipse) *

Maximum Temperature Rise of


CT *

CT Ratio(s)
Incomer Circuit

Bus Tie Circuit

Out going Feeder Circuit


Protection
Metering

Station Transformer
Busbar Differential
Restricted Earth Fault

CT Burden(s) (VA)/Resistive
burden -Rb
Incomer Circuit (Ohms) *
Bus Tie Circuit (Ohms) *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit (Ohms) *
Station Transformer (Ohms) *

Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 34 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION (j =====================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c'
4.13 Contd.
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
sHA-L-L- Br;- *A~
Station Transformer

Metering Accuracy Class ofCT PE:f2- &'XtS 'T I '" &


Incomer Circuit *
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
Station Transformer *
CT Secondary winding
Resistance at 20C, Ret
(ohms) *

For class TPS CTs per IEC

Rated symmetrical short circuit


current factor (Kssc) *

Dimensioning parameter (K) *


Excitation limiting secondary
Voltage, Ual
(Volts) *

Accuracy limiting secondary


exciting Current, Ial
(rnA) *

Secondary excitation current, Imag


at half excitation limiting (rnA) *
secondary voltage

For class Cor K CTs per IEEE I


Class P CTs per IEC

CT Magnetizing current, l mag (rnA) *


CT Knee point voltage, Vk/
Secondary limiting e.m.f
(Volts) *

Voltage Transformer

tt *
Type of construction
Make and country of origin *
32TMSS01ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 35 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<:.J 'HMS"", Roo, 0'

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.13 Cont'd.

Insulation Class *
Winding Material. (Cu) *
Rated Voltage Factors *
Rating of Current Limiting Fuse
(Arms) 3
on VT Primary

VT Secondary MCB/Fuse current (A) *


rating ~il:J /bE: PR.vIOE.O
rGJR Ao::..H ~/'::.
VT Secondary Voltage (V rms) 0.<1>/[:3

Extended tap Voltage ofVT (V rms) I'#r- 0


VT Voltage Marked Ratio *
VT Burden (VA)

VT Accuracy Class
0.2/3P or 0.5/3P
(MeteringlRelaying)
Accuracy class to be selected as
per Project! Design requirement

4.18 External Cabling (Details to be provided by


the main Contractor) * Yes/No

Type of termination Bolted

Power Cable Details:


Type of insulation ~l.--Pt
Voltage class (kV rms) 151<v
Incomer Circuit
No. of cable/phase No ...
Conductor material (Cu/Al) Ci./
Area of Cross section (rnrrr') &30

~2TMSS01 R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 36 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION <:J=========================
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.18 Cont'd.

Out going feeder


No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/Al) C\)
Area of Cross section (mrn'') 63(;1
Station Service Transfomer-I
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/Al) <,
Area of Cross section

Station Service Transfomer-2


(mnr')
""
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/AI) -,
Area of Cross section (mrrr') S.
4.19 Forced cooling

Number offans Nos *


Rated voltage of'fams) Va<; 127/220

Rated power offan(s) W *


Fan(s) operating condition
Switchgear Load current A *
Switchgear Temperature (if
applicable)
C *

Switched delay for fan


operation
Re-settable delay range (s) *
Alarms
Fan failure
overload * YesINo
No load * YesINo
Elapsed time for operation
offan * YesINo

~
32TMSS01R01JKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO, 37 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .~=~,,;,,;;;~~~~~
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.20 Grounding
(mmx
Copper grounding bus size *
mm)

Method of busbar grounding *


Bonding of hinged doors (mnr') ::::10
Rated Short-time Withstand
Current of grounding switch and (kA rms)
bus '2-5-
Short-time current Duration (s) (

4.21 Accessories
Adjustable trolley * YeslNo
Portable device for CB trans. * YeslNo
Relay Test Plug * YeslNo
Test jumper cable * YeslNo
High voltage test plug * YeslNo
Storage box for test plug * YeslNo
Manual operation handle for
CB&ES * YeslNo
Special tools for CBlRelay
maintenance * YeslNo

Recommended Clearances:
In front of the Switchgear (mm) *
At rear of the Switchgear (mm) *
Panel Dimensions (H x D x W)

Incoming Feeder Panel (mm) *


Outgoing Feeder Panel (mm) *
Station Service Transformer
feeder Panel
(mm) *

Bus Tie Panel (mm) *


Bus Riser/Metering Panel (mm) *

~ 32TMSS01ROllKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 201O PAGE NO. 38 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION .<::J 32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Contd.

Panel Weight:
Incoming Feeder Panel (kgs.) *
Outgoing Feeder (kgs.) *
Station Service Transformer
feeder
(kgs.) *

Bus Tie Panel (kgs.) *


Bus riser/Metering Panel (kgs.) *

Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 39 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION (J ,>-TMSS..', Rov. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

5.0 TESTS

Optional or Special Test


Requirements (if any)

~
''==::~~~~=======O;:====:=:=====;===:===:='=============;;;:;:;;:FTii;;:::=;:;c::;<;==n
32TMSS01R01/KYJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO, 40 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <::J '2-TMSS"', R.v. 0'

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:
\6.~jLV SWl"'{'t..HG-E.A~ S4l.A-lL- BE "'sV/T,Af>LE FO~ (APAcITIJb
S""'ITCf.( I N & AND f3,ACiL T D e.Ac K.. S\,v ITC j-t I tJ G (AfJA B I /...IT Y

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

32TMSS01R01/KVJ Dateof Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 41 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARe SPECIFICATION <::::J 32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV -


SEC Enquiry No. Date: - - - - -

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with lO. No. --' P .,-s_\\=---_-'--


efV\ 0 \ e> _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND


STANDARDS
*

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Mean Altitude above Sea Level (m) '-1000


flFf"t:P- S&:TlcJ-,l-3
Type of Upstream Neutral Grounding p'T s
of
(Solidly grounded, resistance grounded) P5;15TANC
GI-?0N Of;D
4.2 Switchgear Assembly

Switchgear Model Designation *


No. of Panels in the Switchgear for
Incoming Feeders
Outgoing Feeders
Bus tie Breaker(s)
Bus RiserlMetering
Station Service Transformer
Dedicated Feeder(s)

Material of Bus Support Insulators *


Switchgear Enclosure RAL Color Finish **
R:A.1:: 5"es2

. NaturnV
Type of coolmg Force d
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::.J "-TMSS"', Rev, .,

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Ratings:

Nominal Voltage of Switchgear &


Breaker (kV nns) .33 K. V
Maximum Voltage Withstand
(Emergency conditions) of
Switchgear & Breaker

Design Ambient Temperature of


Switchgear & Breaker

l.2/S01ls Lightning Impulse


Withstand Voltage of Switchgear,
Breaker, ES, CT & VT:
To ground and between phases (kV pealJ
Across Isolating Distance (to
(kVpeak) ~
*' ~-f\
**
applicable equipment)

Power Frequency Withstand


Voltage of Switchgear, Breaker,
ES,CT&VT:
To ground and between phases (kV nns) i-.**
Across Isolating Distance (to
applicable equipment) (kV
nns
) ***
Power Frequency Withstand
Voltage of Auxiliary Circuits

Rated Continuous Current of:


Switchgear Main Busbar (Arms)
Incomer Circuit (Arms)
Bus Tie Circuit (Anns)
Outgoing Feeder Circuit (Anns ) I '2 E50 A
Metering Feeder circuit (Arms)
Station Service transformer
(A nns)
circuit

~ 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 27 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \J 32TMSS-01, Rey, .,

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Contd.
Rated Short-time Withstand
Current of Switchgear, Circuit (kA rms)
Breaker, ES & CT '2.5 K..A
Short-time current Duration (s) I Set.
Rated Peak withstand current of
Switchgear, CB, ES & CT (2.6 x (kApeak)
Isc) bG~A
Internal arc fault current for l(s) (kA)

4.4 Degree of Protection of Indoor Enclosure IP4X

Type of material used in metal-cladding *


Minimum thickness of enclosure (mm) *
Material of partition between bus bar
compartments *

Material of seal-offbushing at partition


between bus bar compartments *

4.5 Outdoor Enclosure

Is outdoor enclosure required? ~o

Degree of Protection of Outdoor Enclosure IP54

4.6 Busbar Conductors and Connections


Material of busbar (Cu)
Busbar insulation material *
Material of insulating covers for bus
bars and molded boots for bus bar *
connections

4.7 Power Circuit Breakers

Breaker Model Designation *

~ 32TMSS01 R01/KVJ Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 28 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J=========
32TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.7 Cont'd.
(SF6/
Breaker Insulation medium
Vacuum) *

Rated SF6 gas pressure (kPa) *


Breaker close lockout pressure
(if applicable)
(kPa) *

Breaker trip lockout pressure (if


applicable)
(kPa) *

Rated Symmetrical Interrupting


Current of Breaker at Nominal (kAnns) *
Voltage

Rated Peak withstand! Making


Current of breaker
(kApeak) *

First Pole To Clear Factor of


1.5
breaker

Rated Interrupting Time of (Cycles/m


5/80
breaker s)

Arcing Time
Maximum (ms) *
Minimum (ms) *
Rated opening time (ms) *
Rated Closing Time (ms) *
Rated Reclosing Time (ms) *
Rated Close-Open Time (ms) *
Rated Permissible Tripping Delay (s) *
Minimum Opening Time of the
first opening pole of the Breaker
(ms) *

~ 32TMSS01 R01fKVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 29 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 'CJ =.;;;;.,.;.;;,~~~;,;;~=
32TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

5"'f\~~ e.&: ~ S
4.7 Cont'd. C~. '~"T I tJ G-
O-O.3s-CO-
3min-CO
Rated Operation Sequence or
O-0.3s-CO-
ISs-CO

Breaker Design X/R Ratio 17 (Min.)

Maximum DC resistance of the


power carrying circuit from
terminal to terminal of circuit
(Ohm) *
breaker

Temperature Rise at Rated


Continuous Current of circuit
breaker
Main Contacts (OC) *
Terminals (OC) *
Rated Out-of-Phase breaking
current capability
(kArms) *

Rated cable charging current


Breaking capability
(Arms) *

Rated back to back capacitor bank


(Arms)
Breaking current, if applicable

Rated Capacitor Bank In-rush 20


(kApeak)
Making Current, if applicable

Rated Transient Recovery


Voltage for Terminal Fault
(kVpeak) *

Operating Mechanism:
Type *
Designation *

~ 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30,2010 PAGE NO. 30 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ====..;;,,;:,,;.~;,;,;:~=
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MET ALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.7 Cont'd.
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
Total Number of normally Open (Nos) *
Total Number of normally
(Nos) *
Closed
Rated current (A.!c) *
Rated voltage (Vdc) *
Number of close-open operations
that can be performed by the *
mechanism before spring recharge

Time required to charge the


closing spring
(s) *

Auto-reclose IN/OUT selector


switch Required for Outgoing SS/No
Feeders?

Auto-reclose lockout reset push


button Required for Outgoing ~/No
Feeders?

DC Control power

Breaker Spring Charging Motor


Rated voltage (Vdc) 125
Range of operating voltage (Vdc) 90-140
Rated current (A.!c) *
Maximum starting Current (A.!c) *
Breaker closing Coil
Range of operating voltage (Vdc) 90-140
Rated current (A.!c) *
Breaker tripping Coil
Range of operating voltage (Vdc) 70-140
Rated current (A.!c) *
Grounding Trucks required for
bus bar grounding? (Specify their Yes/No
numbers)

~ 32TMSS01 R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 31 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J ====::::::::::======~;,;;~=
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

. REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.11 Low voltage compartment


Light Points
Voltage (V.c) 127
Power (Watts) *
Space Heaters
Voltage (V.c) 220
Power (Watts) *

Receptacles
Voltage (v.c) 127
Current (Amp) 15

Voltage (v.c) 220


Current (Amp) 10
LED/
Type of indicator
Lamp *

Relays, Meters, transducers and


Instrument (Specify details,
provide a complete list and
metering one-line diagram for
review)
Transducers
Input current (Amp) lor 5
Output current (rnA) 0-1
Accuracy >0.25

Analog!
Type of meter
Digital *

Metering Accuracy Class


Digital meters 0.5
Analog meters 1.0
Revenue meters 0.2

4.12 IEDs
IED type / Model number *
Make and country of origin *

1232TMSS01R011KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 32 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION \J ================~=====
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
SECTION NO.

4.12 Cont'd.

Functions included in the *


standard configurations

Supported functions *
Supported tools *
Optional functions *

Number of physical connection


in the standard configuration *
(analog and binary)

Supported Communication
interfaces and protocols
*

Auxiliary Power

Mounting

Display

Operating temperature range

4.13 Instrument Transformers

Type ofCT *
Make & country of origin of CT *
Type of CT Insulation Class &
locations
*

Rated Current of CT Secondary (A) lor 5

~3::2::':TM~S;::;S:::0:;::1R:::07.1/:'::KV7.J========:':='='7:====:=:===::o:=::'='=========;~;;;=;;;~;;;;::;;;:;;::;:;:
Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 33 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ=====~===
32-TM55-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.13 Cont'd.
CT Continuous Thermal Rating
Single ratio CT 120%
Dual ratio CT 120%

Rated Short Time Withstand


Current of CT:
Thermal, Ith (kAnns) *
Dynamic (kApeak) 2.6xIth

Short time thermal current


duration
(s) *

Rated parimary short circuit


current ofCT, (Ipse)
(kAnns) *

Maximum Temperature Rise of


CT
caq *

CT Ratio(s)
Incomer Circuit ~**
Bus Tie Circuit

Out going Feeder Circuit


Protection
Metering *~*
Station Transformer
Busbar Differential
Restricted Earth Fault
--
CT Burden(s) (VA)lResistive
burden -Rb
Incomer Circuit (Ohms) *
Bus Tie Circuit (Ohms) *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit (Ohms) *
Station Transformer (Ohms) *
Relaying Accuracy Class(es) of
CT
~ Incomer Circuit *
*~* R~FE"R PTS
32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30. 2010 PAGE NO. 34 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<:::::J =============
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDDLE

MET ALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.13 Contd.
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
Station Transformer *
Stl ~....\.. BE" AS
Metering Accuracy Class of CT ff:R ey. \ST\ ,.J fir
Incomer Circuit *
Bus Tie Circuit *
Outgoing Feeder Circuit *
Station Transformer *
CT Secondary winding
Resistance at 20C, Ret
(ohms) *

For class TPS CTs per IEC

Rated symmetrical short circuit


current factor (Kssc) *

Dimensioning parameter (K) *


Excitation limiting secondary
Voltage, D al
(Volts) *

Accuracy limiting secondary


exciting Current, I a1
(rnA) *

Secondary excitation current, Irnag


at half excitation limiting (rnA) *
secondary voltage

For class C or K CTs per IEEE /


Class P CTs per IEC

CT Magnetizing current, I rnag (rnA) *


CT Knee point voltage, Vk1
Secondary limiting e.m.f
(Volts) *

Voltage Transformer

I), Type of construction


Make and country of origin
*
*
- 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 35 OF 41
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J "-TMSS"', Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.13 Cont'd.

Insulation Class *
Winding Material. (Cu) *
Rated Voltage Factors *

Rating of Current Limiting Fuse


3
on VT Primary

VT Secondary MCB/Fuse current


rating

VT Secondary Voltage

Extended tap Voltage ofVT 12.0

VT Voltage Marked Ratio *


VTBurden (VA) \0 0

VT Accuracy Class
0.2/3P or O.S/3P
(Metering/Relaying)
Accuracy class to be selected as
per Project! Design requirement

4.18 External Cabling (Details to be provided by


the main Contractor) * YeslNo

Type of termination Bolted

Power Cable Details:


Type of insulation )(l-P'-
Voltage class (kV nns) '31\(.v
Incomer Circuit
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material CLl _
(Cu/AI) _--,-----_
Area of Cross section (mm") b30

32TMSS01R01/KVJ Dale of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 36 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \ ) =====================
32TMSS01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.18 Cont'd.

Out going feeder

Cv*
No. of cable/phase No
Conductor material (Cu/Al)
Area of Cross section (mm2) 63 0
Station Service Transfomer-l
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/Al) -,
(mm2)
Area of Cross section

Station Service Transfomer-2


'"
No. of cable/phase No *
Conductor material (Cu/Al) -,
Area of Cross section (mnr') <,
4.19 Forced cooling

Number of fans Nos *


Rated voltage offan(s) v: 127/220

Rated power offan(s) W *


Fan(s) operating condition
Switchgear Load current A *
Switchgear Temperature (if
applicable)
C *

Switched delay for fan


operation
Re-settable delay range (s) *
Alarms
Fan failure
over load * YeslNo
No load * YeslNo
Elapsed time for operation
of fan * YeslNo

&: 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 37 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION 'CJ===========~~,;,;;~=
32-TMSS-01, Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.20 Grounding
(mmx
Copper grounding bus size
mm) *

Method of busbar grounding *


Bonding of hinged doors (mnr) >10

Rated Short-time Withstand


Current of grounding switch and (kAnns)
bus ';2-6
Short-time current Duration (s) \
4.21 Accessories
Adjustable trolley * YeslNo
Portable device for CB trans. * YeslNo
Relay Test Plug * YeslNo
Test jumper cable * YeslNo
High voltage test plug * YeslNo
Storage box for test plug * YeslNo
Manual operation handle for YeslNo
CB&ES
*
Special tools for CBlRelay YeslNo
maintenance
*

Recommended Clearances:
In front of the Switchgear (mm) *
At rear of the Switchgear (mm) *
Panel Dimensions (H x D x W)

Incoming Feeder Panel (mm) *


Outgoing Feeder Panel (mm) *
Station Service Transformer
feeder Panel
(mm) *

Bus Tie Panel (mm) *


Bus RiserlMetering Panel (mm) *

~ 32TMSS01R01/KVJ Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 38 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \.J 32.TMSS-01, Rev,

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Contd.

Panel Weight:
Incoming Feeder Panel (kgs.) *
Outgoing Feeder (kgs.) *
Station Service Transformer
(kgs.) *
feeder

Bus Tie Panel (kgs.) *


Bus riserlMetering Panel (kgs.) *

32TMSS01 R01/KVJ Dale of Approval: June 3D, 2010 PAGE NO. 39 OF 41


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J '>oTMSS"', Rev. 01

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

5.0 TESTS

Optional or Special Test


Requirements (if any)

Date of Approval: June 30, 2010 PAGE NO. 40 OF 41


32TMSS01ROllKVJ
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION <::::J '2-TMSS"', Rev. 0'

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR 11 kV, 13.8 kV, 33 kV OR 34.5 kV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:
32>KiI s- 1TC-i1 GEM 5HAI..1- B' $VI'f\I?I... F"f2. CAPAc iTlV8
5 vJ I TCI1\rJ6 AN 0 BAc\(: , 0 .EAGK. $~I-rq.(I tJ6 cA pAJ?1 1-1 T '(

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORlSUPPLIERlCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERlVENDORlSUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

11 MS;:;S:::':0:;:;:1R:;:'01:7./'rN~J =======;~==;=;=::::='=":"":'~==~=========s'~~=J"i'~:n
=::'32;:;T7: Date of Approval: June 30, 2010
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<::J 35-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 3S0kV NOMINAL

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


----
SEC Purchase Order
No.
or Contract No. Date: - - - -

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with lO. No . ....!F~T:.-:S=:..-._-....!\'....:.\_C...!.;V\~C>~\-=o:...- _


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

SYSTEM DATA

Nominal System Voltage (kV)


(llkV, 13.SkV ,33 kV, 34.5kV , 69kV ,
11OkV, IISkV , 132kV ,230kV or 380kV) _

System Fault Current Level at


Rated System Voltage (kA)

Max. Duration of Ground Fault (ms)

System Neutral Grounding at Arrester


Point of Installation (Effectively,
Non-Effectively grounded)

'A'_ SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'_ BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~35TMSS01RO/MSO Dale of Approval: October 10, 2007 PAGE NO.8 OF 13


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION ~ 3S-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 380kV NOMINAL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

System Component(s) to be protected

Transmission Line
Surge Impedance (ohms) *
Length (kM) *
Underground Cable
Capacitance (IlF/kM) *
Length (kM) *
Capacitor Banks 3~J<-"
Capacitance (MVAR) 5 i I 0/ /5 tIIo/AR.
-----
Others
(Power Transformers,Reactors, GIS
etc.,attach details) *
BIL of Equipment to be protected (kVpeak) * _

3.0 APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARD ----- *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT

4.1 General
Type *
Model Designation *
Location (Indoor/Outdoor)

4.2 Performance Characteristics and Ratings

Rated Voltage (kVrms)

Line Discharge Class *


Dielectric Withstand for Housing
Lightning impulse withstand voltage,
with 1.2/50 IlS Waveform (kVpeak) *
Switching impulse withstand voltage with
250/2500IlS Waveform (for arresters with
rated voltage of200kV and above)
(kVpeak) *
One minute power frequency withstand
Voltage. (kVrms) *
Date of Approval: October 10, 2007 PAGE NO.9 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARe SPECIFICATION .(j 35TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 380kV NOMINAL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Nominal Discharge Current (Lightning


Impulse Classifying Current) With 8/20 us
Waveform (kA) *
High Current Impulse Capability With
4/10 us Waveform ( kA peak) *
Long Duration Wave Withstand Capability
- Current (A) *
- Duration (ms) *
Maximum Lightning Impulse Residual
Voltage with 8/20 us Waveform(kVpeak)
at a Discharge (classifying) Current of :
- 5 kA *
-IOkA *
-20kA *
-30kA *
Maximum Switching Surge Residual
Voltage (kVpeak) at a Discharge Current of:
-0.5kA *
-1 kA *
-2kA *
- 3 kA *
Maximum Steep Current/Front-of-Wave
Residual Voltage Based on 11> 2 or 0.5 us
Waveform, as Applicable (kVpeak)
at a Discharge Current of :
- 10 kA *
-20kA *
Temporary over voltage capability(kVrms)
for:
- 1 second *
- 10 second *
Maximum R.I.V (uv) *
Maximum External Insulation Levels

~
Power frequency Dry Withstand Voltage
(kVrms) *
35TMSS01 RO/MSO Date of Approval: Oelober 10, 2007 PAGE NO. 10 OF 13
l
I

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ "-TMSS-.', Roy. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 380kV NOMINAL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Power frequency Wet Withstand Voltage
(kVrrns) *
Lightning Impulse Withstand Level
(kVpeak) *
Switching Impulse Withstand Level
(kVpeak) *
Leakage Current Through Arrester
at MCOV (rnA) *
Maximum Energy Absorption Capability
i) kj/kV of Arrester Rating *
ii) kj/kV of MCOV *
4.3 Construction

Pressure Relief Capability (rrns symmetrical)


High current, short duration (kA)
Low current, long duration (A) 600

Porcelain Housing
Color *
Creepage Distance (mm) *
Bending Failing Load (kN) *
Cantilever Strength min. (kN) *
Torsional Strength (kN) *
Compression Strength (kNm) *
No. of stacks in each unit *
Height (mm) *
Internal Pressure Required to Operate
Pressure Relief Device as a Percent of
Pressure Required to Burst Porcelain (%) *
Mounting Arrangement
Mode of mounting(Self
supportinglbracket mounting) *
Bolt circle diameter (mm) *
No. of holes *
Size of bolts (mm) *
Accessories

f);.
Scale range of the leakage Ammeter
(rnA) *
35TMSS01RO/MSO Date of Approval: October 10, 2007 PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .~ ".TMSS"1, Roy. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 380kV NOMINAL

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Dia of the grading ring, if applicable


(mm) *
Material of the grading ring, if applicable
*
Terminals
Type Pad
Size (mrrr') *
Material (AI or CU) *
Grounding
Size (mm") *
Material *
MISCELLANEOUS

Minimum Clearance, Between Live


Parts and Earth Parts (mm) *
Minimum Permissible Centre to Centre
Distance Between Arresters (mm) *
Overall Height of Arrester (mm) *
Weight of Arrester (kg) *

f1:
., """'=-:=:-:=:~C:=:=========:=====================
35TMSS01RO/MSO PAGE NO. 12 OF 13
l

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 35-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SURGE ARRESTERS FROM 11 kV THROUGH 380kV NOMINAL

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

, 35TMSS01ROIMSO Date of Approval: October 10. 2007 PAGE NO. 13 OF 13


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <:::J '7-TMSS', Rov

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order Date:
No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. P""r..s ,- \\ eM 0 \~

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND


STANDARDS *

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Mean Altitude above Sea Level (m) /: I0 e-o


Type of Upstream Neutral Grounding
(Solidly grounded, resistance grounded)

4.2 Miniature circuit-breakers (MCB)

Mounting VerticallHorizontal

Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4

Degree of protection *
Pollution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (V.eNde) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (V.eNde) *
'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

37TMSS03RO/MAS Dale of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGENO. 10 OF 17


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS sr ANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Contd.

Rated impulse (kVp) *


Rated frequency (Hz) 60

6,10,13,16,
Rated current (A.c/~c)
20,25,32

Maximum ambient temperature C *


Rated current at max. ambient
temperature
(Aac/Adc) *

Range of instantaneous tripping


current *

Rated (ultimate) short circuit


capacity & voltage
(kA)& V *

Service short circuit capacity (kA) *


Connectable cross section of
copper conductor for screw-type *
terminals

Service life at rated load (No.) >20000

Auxiliary contacts

Number of NO contacts (No.)

Number ofNC contacts (No.)

Number of change over contacts (No.)

Type of tripping device *


Additional tripping device if
required * Yes/No
Details of the tripping device *
~ 37TMSS03RO/MAS Date of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 11 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECI"CAT10N<:::J 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Molded case circuit breakers


MCCBs)

Verticall
Mounting Horizontal

Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4

Degree of protection *
Pollution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (VaJVde) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (VaJVde) *
Rated impulse (kVp) *
Rated frequency (Hz) 60

Rated current (AaJAde)

Maximum ambient temperature C *


Rated current at max. ambient
temperature
(Aae/Ade) *

Range of instantaneous tripping


current *

Rated (ultimate) short circuit


capacity
(kA) *

Service short circuit capacity (kA) *


Connectable cross section of
copper conductor for screw-type *
fl: terminals

37TMSS03RO/MAS
Date of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 12 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPEC'FICATION ~ 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'At 'B' 'C'

4.3 Contd.
Service life at rated load (No.) ~20000

Auxiliary contacts
Number of NO contacts (No.) ""/(

Number ofNC contacts (No.) ~

Number of change over contacts

Carriage locking facility for


(No.)
*
withdrawable circuit-breakers * Yes/No

Type oftripping device *


Additional tripping device if
required
'" Yes/No

Details of additional tripping


device *

Protections

Over load & SC Yes/No


Over voltage Yes/No
Under voltage Yes/No
Earth fault Yes/No
Reverse current flow (if
Yes/No
required)
Unbalance phase voltage (if
Yes/No
required)

Metering quantities

Voltage Yes/No
Current Yes/No
Power Yes/No
Energy Yes/No
Power factor Yes/No

f2;====~~=.=::==.=:::==::========:============
37TMSS03ROIMAS Oateof Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 13 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICAn O N e : ; 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Air Circuit-breaker (ACBs)

Vertical!
Mounting
Horizontal

Method of mounting *
Number of poles 1/2/3/4

Degree of protection *
PoIlution degree *
Type of terminals *
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (V.JVdc) *
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) (V.JVdC) *
Rated impulse (kVp) *
Rated frequency (Hz) 60

Rated current (A.JActc) *


Maximum ambient temperature (0C) *
Rated current at max. ambient
temperature
(A.JAdc) *

Range of instantaneous tripping


current *

Rated (ultimate) short circuit


capacity
(kA) *

Service short circuit capacity (kA) *


Connectable cross section of
copper conductor for screw-type *
~
terminals

37TMSS03RO/MAS Date of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 14 OF 17


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION .CJ 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Contd.

Service life at rated load (No.) >20000

Auxiliary contacts

Number of NO contacts (No.)


*
Number ofNC contacts

Number of change-over contacts


(No.)

(No.)
*'-*
Carriage locking facility for
withdrawable circuit-breakers * Yes/No

Type of tripping device *


Additional tripping device if * Yes/No
required

Details of additional tripping


device

Protections
Overload & SC Yes/No
Over voltage Yes/No
Under voltage Yes/No
Earth fault Yes/ No
Reverse current flow (if required) Yes/No
Unbalance phase voltage (if
Yes/No
required)

Metering quantities
Voltage Yes/No
Current Yes/No
Power Yes/No
Energy Yes/No
Power factor Yes/No

~======:::=.==:=:=~~=====
37TMSS03RO/MAS Dale of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGENO. 15 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:; 37-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

5.0 TESTS

Optional or Special Test


Requirements (if any)

37TMSS03RO/MAS Date of Approval: March 31, 2010 PAGE NO. 16 OF 17


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION ~ .7-TMSS, Rev

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

LV Circuit Breakers

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERJVENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

~===::==;===============
.,..>
37TMSS03ROIMAS Date of Approval: March 31. 2010 PAGE NO. 17 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 38-<MSS"3, Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT

SEC Enquiry No. Date: - - - - - -

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. _PI'> ,- I (~C'="'.L(V)--,--_D_l0 _


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standards *


5.0 FUNCTIONAL REOUIREMENTS
5.2 Master Communication Protocols

Protocol #1 : (PI) IEC-60870- (li pclnJ


5-101
Protocol #2: (P2) IEC-60870-{"...p "'? 1
5-104 tJP- '~/ _
2 --'---_-L_
Others (Px-Specify)
Existing Protocol

A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAlPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~
=3==ST:::::M""S""SO==3R""1==/K""SB:========:;;;=;:=;=;;===='=O;;::;::;;:::=:::;=::;;;;;;;;;=============
Dateof Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 42 OF 47
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARO SPECIFICATION CJ 3a-TMSS..3, Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
5.3 Maintenance Ports

RS 232D Maint. Port 1


IOOBaseT Maint. Port 1
Others (e.g. USB, RS 485)

6.0 DESIGN REOUIREMENTS

Manufacturer *
Type (Multi/Single CPU)
Model No. *
6.1.4 Master Communication Interface &
Protocol Scheme for Each Main CPU:

Interface, Port, Protocol # RS232D, 1st , PI


Interface, Port, Protocol # RS232D,2nd
Interface, Port, Protocol # IOOBaseT, 1st, P2
Interface, Port, Protocol # 100BaseT, 2nd
Interface, Port, Protocol # 100BaseT, 3rd
Interface, Port, Protocol # RS485,I st

6.3.7 RTU Control Disable/Enable


Bit/Contact per Indication

6.5 RTU I/O Configuration & SCADA


Points Requirement

6.5.1 Analog Input (Type: DC/AC


Unit: Amp/Volt)

Unit, Type, Scaling Resistor IOmA,DC, '1


Quantity

Unit, Type, Scaling Resistor 4-20mA,DC, '1


Quantity

6.5.2 Analog Output (Type: DC/AC


Unit: Amp/Volt)

Quantity, Type, Unit


Quantity, Type, Unit

38TMSS03R1IKSB Date of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 43 OF 47


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J 38-TMSS""', Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.5.3 Staus/Alarm Input(Function-Std/Acc.SOE,
Type-IC or 2C/Elect. Form AIB/C)

Fun., Type, Form:


Qty.
Fun., Type, Form:
Qty.
Fun., Type, Form:
Qty.

6.5.4 Accumulator Input (Independent Module)

Qty., Form (AlC):

6.5.5 Control Output (SBO)

Qty. of Paired Points" Rating, Misc.


Specs
No. ofContctslPoles per Pt.

Qty. of Single Points" Rating, Misc.


Specs
No. ofContctslPoles per Pt.

Qty. of Digital, Electronic Points, Misc.


Specs

6.5.6 RaiselLower Pulse Output

Qty. of Paired Points" Rating, Misc.


Specs
No. ofContctslPoles per Pt.

Qty. of Single Points" Rating, Misc.


Specs
No. ofContctslPoles per Pt.

Qty. of Digital, Electronic Points, Misc.


Specs

38TMSS03R1JKSB Date of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 44 OF 47


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARe SPECI.,CATlON \J 38-TMSS-D3, Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.5.7 MUlti-Type Iput/Output

Contact Input
Contact Output
Analog Input
Analog Output

6.6.1 Master Communication Interface,


Device & Cable Specifications
(e.g.: 100BaseT, Switch, Cat.5)

Master Communication 1:
Master Communication 2:

6.6.2 I/O Communication Interface,


Device & Cable Specifications:
(E.G. RS485, Contlr., UTP)

1/0 Communication 1:
1/0 Communication 2:

6.8 Power Supply

Source DC Voltage
DC Voltage Tolerance

Back Up Source AC Voltage


AC Voltage Tolerance 5%
No.ofPhaseslWires 1 P,2W
Frquency Tolerance *
Tap Changer Power Supply
Qty. (# ofTransf. Pots.) *
Constant Output (VIA) 5Vdc
Max. Rating per PIS l50mA

DI Wetting supply
Voltage output
Current Rating

38TMSS03RlIKSB Dale of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 45 OF 47


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<.:J 38-TMSS-03, Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
6.10 RTU Enclosure Type

Enclosure Type
Width (mm) 600-1200
Depth (mm) 600-1200
Height (mm) 2200-2285
Cable Entry (Bottom/Top)
RTU to IFCIRTU Distance (mm) *
Field Interfce Cabimnet (IFC)
Width (mm) 600-1200
Depth (mm) 600-1200
Height (mm) 2200-2285
Cable Entry (Bff)

Cabinet with Exhaust Fans


No.offans
Top/Side Fans:
Heater & Fan Voltage Rating

7.4 Special Tests

38TMSS03R1/KSB Date of Approval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 46 OF 47


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION.<::J ' TMSS"", Rev. 01

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


ofEquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

~
. ~3:':'8T=M7:S:::S=03:=R':':1/K:':':S:::B;==========;;;;:E=:~~~~~:;=;;;:;;;c================~
DateofApproval: 31 August, 2009 PAGE NO. 47 OF 47
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 38.TMSS-05, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


----
SEC Purchase Order
No. or Contract No. Date:
----

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. l\ (ffl


PT...5 - -'-'- 0\(') _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable industry standard *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.1 General

Annunciator System Model No.1 Catalogue


No. *

No. of Annunciator Units

Marshaling Kiosk Required? Yes/No

Drawing Attachments:
a. Panel Layout Yes
b. WiringlInterconnection Block Diagrams Yes

First out Feature Required? ~s/No


4.2 Alarm Logic Unit

Operating Temperature Range (0C) *


Response Time (ms) *

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DAT AlPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
b... (*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
QJ.. VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

38TMSS05ROiYBQ Date at Approval: August 6,2006 G PAGE NO. 17 OF 20


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 38-TMSS-05, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Visual Display Unit

Width (mm) *
Height (mm) *
No. of Alarm Points

Window Size

Width (mm) *
Height(mm) *
Letter Size (mm) *
Arrangement of Alarm Display Windows

No. of Rows *
No. of Columns *
Programmable LED by (flashing rate/color) _

4.6 Additional annunciation alarms required? YeplNo


If yes, list the alarms:

Gt ~~~::==========~=:=:===:=:=:':==============
38TMSS05ROIYBQ Date of Approval: August 6, 2006 G PAGE NO. 18 OF 20
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATlON.(j -TMSS..., Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'c
4.7 Power Supply
I~?
Nominal DC Voltage (Vdc) iI 0

DC Voltage Range

Minimum (Vdc)

Maximum (Vdc) 140

AC Backup Supply (Vac)

No.ofPhaseslWires

Rated frequency (Hz) 60Hz

Frequency variation range 0.5%

5.0 TESTS

Optional or Special Test Requirements (If


any)

3BTMSS05ROIYBQ Date of Approval: August 6, 2006 G PAGENO. 19 OF 20


TRANSMISSION MATERIALSSTANDARD SPECIFICATIONG a8-TMSSoOS, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEMS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERlVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
ofthe Company & Date

38TMSS05ROIYBQ PAGE NO. 20 OF 20


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION(j 40-TM88-o2, Rev_ 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. PTS - II C/y\ 0 I0 _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Type of Ammeter (Maximum Demand!


Instantaneous Ammeter)

System Voltage (AC)(kV)/connection '3 ~ l,.c.. \/_ ~.gi.<11


.s.v 8s. T A l1ot-J
Application /VI ET6R i 10 (.'-'+L....- _

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving iron or solid-state) *
CT Ratio

Indication Type (Analog or Digital) *


Scale Range (A)

Scale Deflection CO) *


'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDERISUPPLIERlVENDORICONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAlPARAMETERS.
'CO- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

40TMSS02RO/DB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 13 OF 27


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION .~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Display Character size (mm x mm) *


Demand Interval (minutes)

Frequency (Hz) *
Accuracy Class (Inst. rms/Demand) *
Power Consumption (VA) *
Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the
Meter Case (IP) *
Long duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Short duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Resolution (%) *
LAN Capability Yes.
Communication Protocol
Communication Speed (Baud Rate) N
Applicable Codes and Standards *

40TMSS02ROIDB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 14 OF 27


r----------------------------------------------
I

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES
TRANSMISSION MATERIALSSTANDARD SPECIFICATION\.:) 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Type of Voltmeter (Instantaneous/


Synchronizing Double Voltmeter) lN5TAtJ TAN GoU<;.
-----

System Voltage (AC)(kV)/connection 33lr< vI-I] -,'jll.";


-"------
S\.lQ-s rATIO.JJ
Application fV\ Eo reA. \ N 6'"'-- _

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm)

Type (moving iron or solid-state for


Inst. Voltmeter & moving coil for
Synch, Double Voltmeter) *
PT Ratio

Indication Type (Analog or Digital for


Inst. Voltmeter & Analog for
Synch, Double Voltmeter) *
Scale Range (kV)

Scale Deflection (0) *


Display Character size for
digital type indication (rom x mm) *
Frequency (Hz) *
Accuracy Class

Power Consumption (VA) *


Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *

40TMSS02RO/DB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 16 OF 27


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION \J 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Degree of protection ofthe


Meter Case (IP) *
LAN Capability
Communication Protocol tJA
Communication Speed (Baud Rate)

Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)

Power frequency withstand


Voltage (kVrms)

Applicable Codes and Standards *

/;~=====:===:============
40TMSS02ROIDB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 17 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

DC Voltmeter

System Voltage (V)!connection


rJA
Application

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (moving coil) *
Scale Range (A)! Scale Deflection (0) .-
Display Character size (mm x mm) *
Accuracy Class

Power Consumption (VA) *


Material ofthe Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the
Meter Case (IP) *
Withstand voltage (kV) *
Long duration over-
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Short duration over-
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Applicable Codes and Standards *

&
. 40TMSS02RO/DB Dateof Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 1B OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Digital Power Demand Meter

System Voltage (AC)(kV)/connection


331<..\/ f. J313.d
s lJ BSTATI "N
Application M ~%R\ tJ 0 _
Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (solid state) *
Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak) -:;-O/3l.f _ _
Power frequency withstand
Voltage (kVrms)

Connection

CT Ratio gEFf,e. PT'_S_ _


PT Ratio .- J.:> -
Indication Type *
Scale Range (V/A/MW/MVARJMVA) Ptff~ prJ- - - - -
Display Character size (mm x mm) *
Frequency (Hz) *
Accuracy Class (V/A/MW/MVAR/MVA) J?ff'ft pn _
Power Consumption (VA) *
Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
40TMSS02ROIDB Date of Approval; March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 19 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARe SPECIFICATION ( ] 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRlPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Degree of protection of the


Meter Case (IP) *
Provision for logging THD (total
harmonic distortion upto 25th harmonic)
in voltage and current on each phase
with time stamp and printing YeslNo

Provision for logging THD coincidental


MVAR at the time of maximum
MW with time stamp and printing YeslNo

Capability for combining MYA


demands of two feeders and
sending the alarm YeslNo

Auxiliary Supply Voltage (Vdc) *


Long duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Short duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Maximum demand indication
interval (min)

LAN Capability YeslNo


Communication Protocol
Communication Speed (Baud Rate)

SCADA annunciation of meter fault


for dedicated Bulk Power Customer YeslNo

Applicable Codes and Standards *

~,~===::===:================
40TMSS02ROIDB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 20 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:..; 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Energy Meter

System Voltage (AC)(kV)!connection


.sUfu"T"A r , oJJ
Application tv1 E: IE gl ~(7
"Import" and export" indication YeslNo

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving iron or solid-state) *
Connection ., * :/c.
CTRatio
* *"f.
PT Ratio

Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)


t **
Power frequency withstand
Voltage (kVrms)

Indication Type (DRUM or LED) *


Scale Range (MVARH/MWH)

Display Character size (mm x mm) *


Memory retention time (months) *
Frequency (Hz) *
Accuracy Class (MWHJMVARH)

~ Power Consumption (VA) *


~~ t< t '* r=r;; R.. \:> , $
~ 40TMSS02RO/DB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 21 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Material ofthe Meter Case *


Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the
Meter Case (IP) *
Auxiliary Supply Voltage (Vdc) *
Long duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Short duration overload
Current (A)/Duration (s) *
Voltage (V)/Duration (s) *
Capability for summating pulses
(lOOkWH and 100kVARH per pulse,
300ms width) from accumulators of
energy meters on two feeders Yes/No

Applicable Codes and Standards *

~
==:;40::;TM~S;:;:S:;::02;:;:R:::'0/;;:O;:"B========;:=~:=:===:=:,:=:===:=-=:,,:,===============
Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 22 OF 27
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .\,j,===========
40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Type of Frequency Meter (Instantaneous!


Synchronizing Double Frequency Meter) rJA
System Voltage (AC)(kV)!connection

Location

Type Designation/Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving coil or solid-state for Inst.
Frequency Meter & vibration reed type for
Synchronizing Double Frequency Meter) *
PT Ratio

Indication Type (Analog or Digital


for Inst. Frequency Meter & Analog for
Synchronizing Double Frequency Meter) *
Scale Range for Frequency Meter (Hz)

Accuracy Class

Power Consumption (VA) *


Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the Meter Case (IP) *
Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)

Power frequency withstand voltage (kVrms)

Applicable Codes and Standards *

~ 40TMSS02RO/DB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 23 OF 27


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Power factor meter


System Voltage (AC)(kV)/connection

Application

Type Designation/Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (Moving coil or solid-state) . *
CTRatio

PTRatio

Indication Type (Analog or Digital

Scale Range (lead-Iag)/Deflection (")

Display Character size (mm x mm) *


Frequency Range (Hz) *
Accuracy Class

Pewer Consumption
Current circuit (VA) *
Voltage circuit (VA) *
Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the Meter Case (IP) *
Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)

Power frequency withstand voltage (kVrms)

Applicable Codes and Standards *


~, Capability of sending "low power factor" alarm _

_ 40TMSS02RO/DB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO, 24 OF 27

-)t.' if. "p..'6 r:Efl. PTJ"


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

:METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Synchroscope

Location

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Indication Type (pointer) *
PT Ratio

Frequency Range (Hz) *


Accuracy Class

Power Consumption
Incoming line side (VA) *
Bus side (VA) *

Material of the Meter Case *


Mounting Position *
Degree of protection of the Meter Case (IP) *
Applicable Codes and Standards *

40TMSS02RO/DB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 25 OF 27


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<::.:J 40-TMSS02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Tap Position Indicator

Location

Type Designation *
Manufacturer *
Dimension of face (mm x mm) *
Type (moving coil or solid state) *
Indication Type (Analog or Digital) *
Tap Position Range

Display Character size (mm x mm) *


Accuracy Class

Power Consumption (VA) *


Material of the Meter Case *
Mounting Position *
Degree of protectionof the Meter Case (IP) *
Impulse withstand voltage (kVpeak)

Power frequency withstand


voltage (kVrms)

Applicable Codes and Standards *

40TMSS02ROIDB Date of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 26 OF 27


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATlON~ 40-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

8.0 DATA SCHEDULE

METERING DEVICES

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORlSUPPLIERlCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

40TMSS02ROIDB Dale of Approval: March 25, 2007 PAGE NO. 27 OF 27


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION (j 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, 13.8kV THROUGH 380kV

SEC Enquiry No. Date: -----

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with r.o. No.l_l"S----::.._-_1,_{_"_fYl_D_l_o _


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND


STANDARDS *
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Mean Altitude from Sea Level (m)

4.1 Design Criteria


. . "(',\) t \...f .sTAll
Type of connection of Capacitor Bank L.I" { __ H
(Single star or Double star with grounded wI' D. I -riA-
neutral) vt-l6-~clJlII~f'JG U I i . L

Type of capacitor bank neutral Grounding

Type of application (Reactive power


-
{lJ;A(.-nvG p~ '''f'r:..

compensation or Harmonic filtering) Co~PN5ATI~ __' __


Type of Bank Switching (Isolated or back- 0.. _
t o - b a c k ) B A c 1 < T () J:;MCI'

Capacitors (internally or externally fused) t,


4.2 Ratings

Nominal System Voltage (kV rms)

Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 10 OF f6


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Cont'd.
Capacitor Bank Rated Voltage (kVrms) \5. 1 s
3-phase Bank Reactive Power Rating at
Rated Voltage (MVAR) 1-
Bank Insulation Level (BIL) (kVpeak) 125" I<. V
Rated power frequency withstand
voltage(kVrms) ~O

Design Ambient temperature of the 0


capacitor bank (0C) 5":;- c.
Temperature range of operation (OC) ...
Harmonic filter:

Tuned harmonic frequency (Hz)

Type of filter (band-pass/high-pass)

Rated Continuous Current (Arms) f2e1-w PH


System fault level (kA rms)

Capacitor tolerance (%)

Power Network Single Line Diagram


-..,/
Yes/No
provided?

4.3 Capacitor Bank Assembly

Model designation of the Capacitor Bank *


Expected lifetime of the Bank (Years) *
Maximum Terminals Voltage Rating
including harmonics (kV rms) *

Maximum Continuous Current

~ Rating including harmonics (Arms) *


43TMSS01 ROIDB Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION .<:::.J 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Cont'd.

Number of Parallel Capacitors per group ~

Number of Parallel groups in series/phase 41--

Total number of capacitors/phase pf>


Air-core series reactor (if any) inductance
per phase (mH)

Peak maximum inrush current (kApeak) *

Peak maximum outrush current (kApeak) *


Frequency of inrush current (Hz) *
Frequency of outrush current (Hz) *
Rate of change of inrushloutrush current
(kA/ll s) *

Capacitance per phasetuf') *

Base and spacing insulators (Furnish detail


dimensions and mechanical ratings) *

Capacitor bank assembly drawing provided? * Yes/No

4.4 Capacitor Unit

Model designation of the Capacitor Unit *


Capacitance (IlF) *
Capacitor Unit Rated Voltage (kV rms)

Capacitor Unit Power Rating (kVAR)

Maximum Continuous Operating Current


(Arms) *
43TMSS01RO/DB Date of Approval:August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 12 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Cont'd.
BIL of Capacitor Unit (kVpeak) t-
Rated power frequency withstand voltage
(kV rms) fi..
Tank material of Capacitor Unit

Whether the tank is to be painted?


J
YesfJ:l6

Internal Discharge resistance (ohm) *


Standard for capacitor dielectric fluid
(Furnish complete data of the dielectric *
fluid)

Capacitor tank rupture curve provided? * YeslNo

Temperature coefficient of the capacitor


(IlFI"C) *

4.5 Capacitor Bushing

Number of bushings per capacitor unit * Single/double

Maximum Voltage Rating (kV rms) *


Wet (10 sec.) Power Frequency
withstand voltage (kV rms) 5-0
Dry (I min.) Power Frequency withstand
voltage (kV rms) ~b
Basic Impulse Withstand voltage (BIL)
(kVpeak) 12..S-
Color of Porcelain Brown

Creepage Distance (mm) L,D . . . -./\l-..J


I

AJ Striking Distance (mm)


43TMSS01RO/DB
*
Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 16
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, l3.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.5 Cont'd,

Permissible safe cantilever loading at


external terminal (Kg) *
Facilities required for making capacitance
J'
YeslN6'
measurement and Power factor test?

4.6 Terminals

Type (parallel groove clamp or threaded


studs) *

For Conductor Size (mrrr')

For Conductor Material (AI or Cu) AL


J
Bird-proof terminal caps required? Yes

Type for neutral and mid-point *


4.8 Capacitor Rack

Complete dimensional details and weight to ../


be provided? Yes;JJ6

4.9.1 Individual Capacitor Unit Protection

Fuse:

Type & designation *


Fuse element, fuse-bus & fuse element
supporting assembly material *

Maximum Voltage Rating including


harmonics (kV rms) *

Maximum Continuous Current Rating


including harmonics (Arms) *
~ 43TMSSOl ROIDB Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 14 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, I3.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.9.1 Cont'd.

Current Rating of the fuse-bus/base (Arms) *


Cold resistance of the fuse-link (0) &
percentage tolerance of resistance value *

External creepage distance along the fuse-


link (for current limiting fuse) (mm) *

Interrupting assymetrical current (A) *


Discharge energy interrupting rating (Joule) *
Time-current characteristics provided?

Capacitor bank protection data provided?


JYes,%
Yes/No

Other General Information:

Approximate shipping dimensions of


capacitor bank/unit (mm) *

Approximate shipping weight of capacitor


bank/unit (Kg) *

List parts that will be dismantled


and shipped separately *

43TMSS01 ROIDB Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 15 OF 16


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <:J 43-TMSS"", Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORlSUPPLIERlCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

43TMSSOl RO/DB Date of Approval: August 23,2006 PAGE NO. 16 OF 16


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <::J 43-TM55-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, 13.8kV THROUGH 380kV

SEC Enquiry No. Date: - - - -

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with 1.0. No. _'---- p-rs.- 1\ ('M 0 I 0 _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND


STANDARDS '"
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

Mean Altitude from Sea Level (m)

4.1 Design Criteria

Type of connection of Capacitor Bank D o0e.i.-G S"-r" p..


(Single star or Double star with grounded 11"'1 T H
neutral) vN(?R.0i.>ND E;:D ;J6VII!..AL-

Type of capacitor bank neutral Grounding

Type of application (Reactive power fl.l'oC TIllS P{)l,,.} 8P-


compensation or Harmonic filtering) C o'({\ fWs-!'-'-'-"c=-:.,N-=--_ _
Type of Bank Switching (Isolated or back- i2.1\'~K '''0 BALI"
to-back) l..Y1L , _

Capacitors (internally or externally fused) _~:tJ_.__

4,2 Ratings

Nominal System Voltage (kV nns)

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B',
("')- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~"'==:;::::':'==='=========";"'====:=======================
43TMSS01 ROIDS PAGE NO. 10 OF 16
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION ~ 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, l3.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Cont'd.
Capacitor Bank Rated Voltage (kVnns) 3b3
3-phase Bank Reactive Power Rating at
Rated Voltage (MVAR) ?/loll~
Bank Insulation Level (BIL) (kV peak) 'Z5t'> \,\.V

Rated power frequency withstand


voltage(kVrms) 15'
Design Ambient temperature of the
capacitor bank (OC) 55c
Temperature range of operation (0C) -*
Harmonic filter:

Tuned harmonic frequency (Hz) Zl-1


Type of filter (band-pass/high-pass)

Rated Continuous Current (A nns) /-efe>'" . prJ


System fault level (kA rms) 23'j.lA
Capacitor tolerance (%)

Power Network Single Line Diagram


provided?
~lNo

4.3 Capacitor Bank Assembly

Model designation of the Capacitor Bank *


Expected lifetime ofthe Bank (Years) *
Maximum Terminals Voltage Rating
including harmonics (kVrms) *
Maximum Continuous Current

it
"I
Rating including harmonics (Arms)

43TMSS01 ROIDB
*
Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (j 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, 13.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.3 Cont'd.

Number of Parallel Capacitors per group


'*"It-
Number of Parallel groups in series/phase

Total number of capacitors/phase


'to
Air-core series reactor (if any) inductance
per phase (mH)

Peak maximum inrush current (kApeak) *


Peak maximum outrush current (kApeak) *
Frequency of inrush current (Hz) *
Frequency of outrush current (Hz) *
Rate of change of inrushloutrush current
(kA/lls) *

Capacitance per phaseuif') *


Base and spacing insulators (Furnish detail
dimensions and mechanical ratings) *

Capacitor bank assembly drawing provided? * Yes/No

4.4 Capacitor Unit

Model designation of the Capacitor Unit *


Capacitance (IlF) *
Capacitor Unit Rated Voltage (kVrms)

Capacitor Unit Power Rating (kVAR)


*
~

Maximum Continuous Operating Current

~ (Arms) *
43TMSS01 RO/DS Date of Approval:August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 12 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS Sf ANDARD S'EC!FICATlON <:::J 43- TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.4 Cont'd.
BIL of Capacitor Unit (kV peak) ~.

Rated power frequency withstand voltage


(kV rms )

Tank material of Capacitor Unit ...

Whether the tank is to be painted?

Internal Discharge resistance (ohm) ...

Standard for capacitor dielectric fluid


(Furnish complete data of the dielectric *
fluid)

Capacitor tank rupture curve provided? * Yes/No

Temperature coefficient ofthe capacitor


(l!F/"C) *

4.5 Capacitor Bushing

Number of bushings per capacitor unit * Single/double

Maximum Voltage Rating (kV rms) *


Wet (10 sec.) Power Frequency
withstand voltage (kV rms)

Dry (1 min.) Power Frequency withstand


voltage (kV rms)

Basic Impulse Withstand voltage (BIL)


(kVpeak) '2-5
Color of Porcelain Brown

Creepage Distance (mm)

~~=====Striking Distance (mm)


43TMSS01 RO/DS
*
Dale of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J 43TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.5 Cont'd.

Permissible safe cantilever loading at


external terminal (Kg) *
Facilities required for making capacitance V
Yes!Na...
measurement and Power factor test?

4.6 Terminals

Type (parallel groove clamp or threaded


studs) *

For Conductor Size (mnr')

For Conductor Material (AI or Cu) A~


Bird-proofterminal caps required? VYes!Ng:

Type for neutral and mid-point *


4.8 Capacitor Rack

Complete dimensional details and weight to


be provided?
~s&m
4.9.1 Individual Capacitor Unit Protection

Fuse:

Type & designation *


Fuse element, fuse-bus & fuse element
supporting assembly material *

Maximum Voltage Rating including


harmonics (kV rms ) *

Maximum Continuous Current Rating


including harmonics (Arms) *
G
~
43TMSS01 ROIDB Dale of Approval: Augusl23, 2006 PAGE NO, 14 OF 16
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (j 43-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, 13.8kV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.9.1 Cont'd.

Current Rating of the fuse-bus/base (Arms)


Cold resistance of the fuse-link (n) &
percentage tolerance of resistance value

External creepage distance along the fuse-
link (for current limiting fuse) (mm)

Interrupting assymetrical current (A) *


Discharge energy interrupting rating (Joule) *
Time-current characteristics provided? * Yes/No
V
Capacitor bank protection data provided? Yes/&e

Other General Information:

Approximate shipping dimensions of


capacitor bank/unit (mm) *

Approximate shipping weight of capacitor


bank/unit (Kg) *

List parts that will be dismantled


and shipped separately *

43TMSS01ROIDS Date of Approval: August 23, 2006 PAGE NO. 15 OF 16


TRANSMISS'ON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION CJ 43-TMSS-Q1, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

SHUNT CAPACITOR BANK, SUBSTATION TYPE, B.8kV THROUGH 380kV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENOORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

43TMSS01ROIDB Date of Approval: August 23,2006 PAGE NO. 16 OF 16


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICAnON <:::J 50-1MSS... , Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, llKV THROUGH 380 KV

SEC Enquiry No. Date: ------

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with lO. No. _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Nominal System Voltage (kV) 3.3v...\f

System short circuit current (kA sym.) at


rated voltage Ljo~A

Type of System Grounding Ft;.. S,j",('t.NCG


C7 fLoJN f) B.D~---
Installation (Outdoor/lndoor) " \IT DlXl{(- - - - -
55' or:-

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DAT AlPARAMETERS,
, 'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(+)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~ ~~~~=======================
50TMSS01 RO/JSG PAGE NO. 10 OF 15
Date of Approval: May 30, 2006
TRANSMISSION MATERIAlS STANDARD SPECIFICATION G 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, llKV THROUGH 380 KV


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS


*

4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Ratings

Rated Primary Current (A) ~. ~ '


Rated Secondary Current (A) lor 5

4.1.1 Continous Thermal Current Rating Factor *


Multi ratio CTs ~2.o

Single ratio CTs r2 . Co

Rated Short Time Thermal


Current-Ith (kA rms)
(21,25,31.5,40,50,63 kA rms)

Short time thermal current duration (sec.) I Sec


*
Rated Dynamic Current (kA peak) 2.6xIth

Fault current duration (sec.) I Sec


Rated primary short circuit current -IPSC
(kA) *

Temperature Rise (OC) *


Nunber of Metering Cores ~~;t

Number of Protection Corers ir ~ fl

4.2 Construction "I


F'"~f:.f: j,l "ND IN';,. (o",..O~)
Type ofCT (Ring continuous/split core
type, bushing type, cast resin type, free
standingoil filled/fluid filled type)
_c.'Ill...v;LL~d
... --~--, ....,.

~
u~T f-fS I rJ
(ltv o0c9f)
50TMSS01 RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 15
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, IIKV THROUGH 380 KV


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 Construction (Continued)


Free standing CT core location (top or
bottom) *

Type of Insulation (Mineral Oil filled / .M I,N fR..A ~Lc~ff


Fluid / Cast Resin) v jl k i-."l

Manufacturer's type Designation *


4.2.2 Insulating Oil /Fluid
[Refer to Data Schedule of 54-TMSS-OI for
insulating oil.Vendor to fill in column 'B' *
of the same]

4.2.3 High Voltage Insulator Housing

Name of Manufacturer *
Type (Porcelain/Cast Resin) *
Make Designation

Creepage Distance (mm) i/o rtlml'r< 1/


Color fbI- """oJf'J
Cantilever Strength (kN) ~
4.2.4 Terminals
.,t

Primary Terminal Connector:

Conductor Material (AI or Cu) (~.,p fFI'-

Size (mm-)

Number of Conductors/phase ,1 *'


Degree of protection of enclosure for
I P5y
~
secondary terminal box
I,

50TMSSO 1RO/JSG Dale of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO, 12 OF 15

J,---------I
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, IIKV THROUGH 380 KV


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.3 Primary Winding for Free Standing Type
CTs

Bar Primary ~Cu

Wound Primary Material *

Winding Insulation and Class *


Rated Maximum Voltage (kV) *
BIL (kV peak) *
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (kV
rms) -Indoor CTs *

Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (kV


rms) -Outdoor CTs
I minute dry (kV rms) *
10 sec. Wet (kV rms) *
BSL for 380kV (kV peak) *
4.4 Secondary Winding cv
Core No 1/2/3
Re LA::') \ to'
Purpose ( Relaying / Metering) &.. Nt GTe & \N ""'&'----- _
Relaying!
Winding No. I: Purpose
Metering

Type ofProtection(back / /
up/differential/distance protection etc)

Current Ratio at specified tap

Accuracy Class

Burden (VA)lResistive burden -Rb (ohms) */*/*

t~~============
50TMSS01RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 15
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION (J 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, 11KV THROUGH 380 KV


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.4 (Continued)
Secondary winding Resistance */*/*
at 20C -Rct (ohms)

Specified Tap

For class TPS CTs per IEC

Rated symmetrical short circuit current *


factor -KSSC

Dimensioning parameter -K *
Excitation limiting secondary *
Voltage -Ual (Volts)

Accuracy limiting secondary exciting


current - lal (rnA) *
Secondary excitation current-Imag
at half excitation limiting secondary

Secondary winding resistance -Rct (ohm)

5.1.3 Special tests


Special tests required Class P CTs

Chopped Lightning Impulse

Measurement of capacitance and dielectric


dissipation factor

Multiple Chopped Impulse test on Primary


Winding

Mechanical Tests

Measurement of Transmitted OverVoltages

Special tests required Class TPS CTs

~ Verification of Low Leakage Flux


=5""0""'TM==S""S==0==1R""0='J==SG:===============================
Dateof Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 14 OF 15
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J 50-TMSS-01, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CURRENT TRANSFORMERS, llKV THROUGH 380 KV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name ofthe Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

~~====~
50TMSS01 RO/JSG Date of Approval: May 30, 2006 PAGE NO. 15 OF 15
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARe SPECIFICATION (j SO-TMSS..', Rev, 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

P'S--Il
SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. ---'-- --'----- e(V\ 010 _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

Nominal System Voltage (kV)


(33/34.5/69/1101115/1 32/380)

System Short Circuit Current(kA


sym.)at rated system voltage
(Single Phase to Ground)

Type of System Grounding f2-e leu j ) .5


g iVld.. er;/3
"(l A
Installation ( Outdoor/Indoor)

'J) eSo j\'l bi ~I\+ tel'lf. 5"5 CJ


c

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DAT AlPARAMETER.


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAlPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~~===========
50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: August 28, 2006 PAGE NO. 8 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARe SPECIFICATION .~ 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standard *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS

4.1 Ratings

Maximum Rated Primary Voltage


(kV rms) (Phase to Ground)

Rated Voltage Factor

Rated Secondary Voltage (V rms)


1'2-:7
(Nominal)
Secondary - I ~V3= '- I ";) .t
LCJV _
Secondary - 2
I~ - 120
Any tap required on Secondary -1 J3
or Secondary -2 winding ~;rg;:
If 'Yes', What is the tap voltage?
Secondary -1 ( V rms) I ?-o
Secondary -2 (V rms)

Rated burden ( VA)


Secondary - 1 I CD vA ( ~i{)
Secondary - 2 \ c~ VA (tn1n-)----,-----

Continous Thermal Burden ( VA ) i i 1\1 1'2> If,OCid _


Type of insulation (Liquid/Solid)

Maximum Partial Discharge Level

Phase to earth (pc)


@ maximum rated voltage *
@1.2 x max.rated voltage /"';3 *

~~~=============
50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: Augusl2B, 2006 PAGE NO.9 OF 13
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANCARC SC!FICAnON (j 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.1 Ratings (Continued)

Maximum Radio Influence Voltage(RIV)


(applicable only for 115 & 132 kV outdoor ~2500 J.lV
PTs) at 1.1 x maximum rated voltage!..J3

Winding Insulation and class *


Winding Material (AI or Cu) *
BIL of Winding (kV peak) *
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage of
Winding (kV rms) *

Accuracy class:
Secondary - 1
Secondary - 2

4.2 Construction

Type ofPT ( Mineral Oil filled/silicone


liquid filled)

3-phase type or Single Phase type

Manufacturer's type designation *


Country of Manufacture *
4.2.2. Insulating Oil
(c)
[Refer to Data Schedule of 54-TMSS-O1.
Vendor to fill in column 'B' ofthe same]

4.2.2. Silicone Liquid


(d)

lEC ASTM
Applicable Standard
60836 D4652

Color (Max.)
=:;:SO=TM:7.S='=S;:'03='=R;:'0JS
/:7. = ' = G : = = =Date
== of= =====
Approval:August 28,= = = = = = = = = = = = =PAGE
2006 = =NO.
== 10 =
OF =
13
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION<::J 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2.2. Silicone Liquid (Continued)


(d)

IEC ASTM
Applicable Standard
60836 D4652

Appearance * *
Viscosity Max. at 40 40+4 39
C (mm' Is)

Flash point, Min .(0C) 240 300

Pour point, Max (0C) - 50 -50

Densitr at 20 (oC) ( 0.955 *


kg/dm ) to 0.970

Dissipation Factor tan 1)


at60Hz@
25C * 0.01
90C 0.0012 *
Dielectric breakdown 40 35
voltage at 60
HZ,Min.(kV)

Neutralization value 0.02 0.01


max (mg KOH/g)

Water content (ppm) 50 50

PCB content * *
4.2.3 High Voltage Insulator Housing

Name of Manufacturer *
Type (Porcelain/Silicon Rubber)

~ Rated Voltage (Nominal, kV rms) *


50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: August 28. 2006 PAGE NO. 11 OF 13
TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANOARO SPECIFICATION <::J 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2.3 High Voltage Insulator Housing (Cont.)

BIL (kV peak)

Power frequency Withstand Voltage:


(Wet Withstand applicable for Outdoor
Housings only)
I minute dry (kV rms) *
10 sec. wet (kV rms) *
Creepage Distance (mm) *
Color *
Cantilever Strength(kg) *
4.2.4 Terminals

Primary Terminal Connector:


For Conductor Material (AI or Cu) (0
Size (mm'')
Number of Conductor/phase ~ *
Degree of protection of enclosure for *
secondary terminal box

4.2.5 Protection of Secondary

PT secondary MCB/fuse rating(A)


'*
4.4 PT Overall Dimensions (mm) *
Weight(Kg)

5.0 TESTS

Optional or Special Test Requirements (if


any)

50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: August 28, 2006 PAGE NO. 12 OF 13

JL----~~~~_
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION CJ 50-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER (PT) 33KV THROUGH 380KV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name ofthe Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

~ 50TMSS03RO/JSG Date of Approval: August 28, 2006 PAGE NO. 13 OF 13


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION (5 54-TMSS""', Rev. 0'

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OILS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. -L


P'T~ -11 eM 0/ 0
_

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE INDUSTRY. *


STANDARD

4.0 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS


AND CHARACTERISTICS

Classification/Type of oil *
Manufacturer's Designation of oil *

'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAlP ARAMETER


'B' - BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED
DAT A/PARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) - DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/
SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

54TMSS01 R01/AMA Date of Approval: 01 September, 2009 PAGE NO.6 OF 11


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:J S4-TMS..." Rev, 0'

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OILS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4 (Cont'd) As per As per


IE:. ASTM
60296 D 3487

Type of crude oil used * *


Oil before Filling in Transformer

Appearance/visual examination clear, clear


free from &
sediment bright
& suspen-
ded matter

Color, Max. *
Kinetic Viscosity, Max. (mmvs) at :

-30 DC 1800 *
o DC * 76
+ 40 DC .u, u.
+IOODC * 3.0

Flash point, Min. (0C) 135 145

Pour point, Max. (0C) -40 -40

Density, Max, (g/cm") at

Interfacial tension at 25 DC,


Min. (dynes/em)

Date of Approval: 01 September, 2009 PAGE NO. 7 OF 11


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION G 54.TMSS-O., Rev. 01

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OILS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4 (Cont'd) As per As per


IEC ASTM
60296 D 3487

Dielectric Breakdown Voltage


at 60Hz, Min. (kV)

As delivered

Dielectric Dissipation Factor


(Loss Tangent), at 60Hz, Max. at:

* 0.05 %
0.005 *
* 0.30%

Neutralization number, Total 0.01 0.03


Acidity, Max. (mg KOH/g)

Oxidation Stability : IEC 61125(C) ASTM D 2440


164H 164H

Total Acid number,


Max. (mg KOHlg) 1,2 0.6

Sludge, Max (% by mass) 0.8 0.3

Water content at delivery, Max


(ppm)

- in Drums 40 {
{ 35
- in Tank container 30 {

Total Sulphur content, Max. * *


Presence of Anti oxidant
Additives Nil Nil YeslNo

54TMSS01R01/AMA Date of Approval: 01 September. 2009 PAGE NO.8 OF 11


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .~ 54-TMSS.D1, Rev. 01

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OILS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4 (Cont'd) As per As per


IEC ASTM
60296 03487

Lowest cold start energizing * *


Temperature (LCSET)

P. C. B Content

P. C. A Content, Max. (%) 3.0 *


2-Furfural and related compounds, 0.1 *
Max. (mglkg)

Gassing Tendency, IEC 60628(A) ASTM D2300(A)


Max. ().lL/min.) H2
+30 +30 _

5.2 Corrosive Sulphur Per


IEC 62535 Noncorrosive

ASTM 1275B Noncorrosive

5.3 DBDS

Passivator

54TMSS01ROllAMA Date of Approval: 01 September, 2009 PAGE NO. 90F 11


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD "E"'nCATION CJ 54-TMSS-Q1. Rev, 01

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OILS FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'e'

5.6.4 Electrostatic charging tendency *


(if applicable)

6.0 MODE OF DELIVERY

Drums or tank container capacity *


Total number of drums or tank container *
Weight of oil in each drum or tank container *

54TMSS01ROllAMA PAGE NO. 10 OF 11

J,--' _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATlON~ .4-TMSS.01, Rev. 01

7.0 DATA SCHEDULE

MINERAL INSULATING OIL FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:
T;..s'T r::."f< ('OJ<'12-0};1\1, SVl-fuR. Pft TF,C 2..5 3 5 /-~TIl'\ D12758
,SHAi,\-.BG rfP-r6p-(f\fD oN l,NsvLAT/,I'v'G- oil ltJ FAc-reI:Y

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERNENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
epresentative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date

54TMSS01 ROllAMA PAGE NO. 11 OF 11

J _
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <::J .8-TMSS"', Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AIR CORE SERIES REACTOR 13.8 KV THROUGH 380kV

SEC Enquiry No. Date:


-----
SEC Purchase Order No. Date: _
-----------------
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. PT5-1\ C/Vlojo


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standards *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUIREMENTS
Model Designation *
4.1 No. of phases 3~
Outdoor/Inside
Type of mounting Weather proof
enclosure
Reactor Arrangement
(side by side or vertically stacked)
"*
A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAlPARAMETER.
'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAlPARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.

~"",.".," Date of Approval: August 6, 2006 G PAGE NO.8 OF 12


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 58-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AIR CORE SERIES REACTOR 13.8 KV THROUGH 380kV


REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'e
HAfl.(Y\O(JiC
4.2.1 Design and Construction F/l"-'i3=R
Ba i '!jg/
Application
Tuning
Copper/
Coil conductor
Aluminum
Magnetic clearance (Minimum)
Reactor coil
Center to center (mm) *
Edge to edge (mm) *
Edge of reactor to metallic parts
not forming closed loops (mm) *
Noise Level (dB) *
Maximum RIV at maximum line to
ground value of system voltage 250J.lV
(applicable for 230kV and 380kV only)
Complete dimension with drawing
details provided * YeslNo
Reactor weight (kg) *
Design Ambient Temperature *
Class ofInsulation *
Maximum temperature rise (OC) *
Hot spot temperature eC) *
Supporting Insulator
(Manufacturer shall fill up column 'B' *
of l5-TMSS-Ol data schedule)

4.2.2 Damping Reactors


Nominal System Voltage UN(kVrms)
-------
Inductance per phase (mH)
Inductance tolerance *
Rated continuous current IN (A)
Overload current rating (A)
(suitable for capacitor bank *
overloading)
High frequency in-rush current
lIN (kApeak) *
In-rush current frequency fib (Hz) *

58TMSS02ROIKSB Date of Approval:August 6, 2006 G PAGE NO. 9 OF 12


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION (j 58-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AIR CORE SERIES REACTOR 13.8 KV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
4.2.2 (continued)
High frequency out-rush current
lour (kApeak) *
Out-rush current frequency fob (Hz) *
Rated short circuit withstand current
(kA) for 1 second 26kA
Thermal short-time overcurrent (kApeak)
Harmonic voltage distortion factor Fhu "**
BIL (kVpeak) *
Power frequency withstand voltage
(kV nns) *
Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage
(BSL) if applicable (kV peak) *
Total Losses at 75C and 110% rated
voltage (kW) at in-rush frequency *
Q-factor at in-rush frequency *
Impedance at rated frequency (ohm) *
Thermal class of insulation *
Temperature rise C *
Voltage drop (V) *
4.2.3 Tuning (Filter) Reactors
Nominal System Voltage UN (kV nns) '33 ",v
Rated inductance LA (mH) at tuning
frequency t.cftzr rvs
Inductance tolerance for principal tap Max 5%
Tapping Range (%) (if applicable)
Inductance Step (%)
i:
t
Number of steps )C
Inductance tolerance at other taps
Fundamental current rating IN (A) *
Rated tuning frequency current IA
(A)
Rated tuning frequency fA (Hz)

~
/K;:=;
-:;58==r="M;:;ss="0;:;2R="07. SS=== = = = = = ===:= =:=:'=
Dateof ===:-=:===
Approval: ':'7:==::==
August6, 2006 G = = = = = = =='PAGE
='' =':7:'''':':'''='7':
NO. 10 OF 12
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION~ 58TMSS-02, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AIR CORE SERIES REACTOR 13.8 KV THROUGH 380kV

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'
Rated short time current IKN (kA) and
*1* 1
duration
Mechanical peak current (kApeak) *
Type of filter (band-pass/high pass)
BIL (kVpeak)
Power frequency withstand voltage
(kVrms)
Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage
(BSL) if applicable (kVpeak)
Total Losses at 75C and 110% rated
voltage (kW) at tuning frequency *
Q-factor at tuning frequency *
Impedance at rated frequency (ohm) *
Thermal class of insulation *
Temperature rise C *
Voltage drop (V)
(for each tap and principal tap) *
Power Network Single line Diagram ,,/
Yes~
enclosed

4.4 Terminals (applicable for outdoor reactors)


Type *
Copperl
Material
Aluminum
No. of holes
For Conductor Size (mrrr')
(6-).!t<
6SCl* m tyIfl-
For Conductor Material (AI or Cu) AI
Incoming conductor take-off
(vertical, horizontal, angle to horizontal)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Approximate shipping Dimensions
(mm) *
Approximate shipping weight (kg) *

58TMSS02RO/KSB Date of Approval: August 6, 2006 G PAGE NO. 11 OF 12


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION <:.:J .8-TMSS-<l2, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

AIR CORE SERIES REACTOR 13.8 KV THROUGH 380kV

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERNENDORJSUPPLIERJCONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORJSUPPLIERJ


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

F",.., ""'' ' '. Dateof Approval: August6, 2006 G PAGE NO, 12 OF 12
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .<::J 70-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE

CHAIN LINK FENCE

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order Date:


No.
or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with lO. No. ---J.Pc..::....<.T:.-"'".S''----'I:.!../~C:..!.M~O:=:../~O'''"_ _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

5.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS


CH4/A/
Fence Type HNI<.

Weight of Zinc Coating (g/m 2)(Class


l/Class 2)

Thickness of PVC Coating


Width of fence fabric (mm)

Height of fence (including barbed


wire when required) (mm)

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERlVENDQR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

Dale of Approval: April 9, 2006 PAGE NO. 21 OF 28


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANOARD SPECIFICATION CJ 70-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE (Cont'd)

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

6.0 MATERIALS

6.1 Wires

Weight of Zinc Coating (g/m 2) / PVC -t


Coating Thickness
Barbed Wire y
Tension Wire t
Tie Wire J(

Clip Wire t
6.2 Posts & Rails

ToplBrace Rail

Weight of Zinc Coating (g/m 2)/ PVC JE


Coating Thickness
Nominal diameter (mrn) -'f
Pipe wall thickness (mm) t=
Weight per meter (kg/m) t"
Line Posts

Weight of Zinc Coating (g/m 2) / PVC Jy


Coating Thickness
Nominal diameter (mm) Jf
Pipe wall thickness (mm) tr
Weight per meter (kg/m) 1""

'A' -SEC SPECIFIED DATAJPARAMETER


'B' - BIDDER/SUPPLIERlVENDORICONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAJPARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIAnON IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) -DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY TIlE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

Date of Approval: April 9, 2006 PAGE NO. 22 OF 28


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .(j 70-TMSS-D2, Rev. 0

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE (Cont'd)

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

6.0 MATERIALS (Cont'd)

Comer Post

Weight of Zinc Coating (g1m 2)/ PVC ..f


Coating Thickness
Nominal diameter (mm)
Pipe wall thickness (mm) '*
Weight per meter (kg/m) t"
Gate Posts
Weight of Zinc Coating (g/m2) / PVC .:r
Coating Thickness
Nominal diameter (mm) r
Pipe wall thickness (mm) r
Weight per meter (kg/m)
6.3 Gates and Accessories

Personnel Gate

Width(mm)

Height (mm)

Gate frame extension YeslNo

Main Gate

Width(mm)

Height (mm)

Gate frame extension YeslNo


'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAlPARAMETER
'B' - BIDDERlSUPPLIERNENDORICONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) -DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
R/ CTOR IN COLUMN 'B'
Dale of Approval: April 9. 2006 PAGE NO. 23 OF 28
TRANSMISSION MATERlALSSTANOARO SPECIFICATION (j 70-TMSS-02, Rev. 0

9.0 DATA SCHEDULE (Cont'd)

CHAIN LINK FENCE

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERJVENDORISUPPLIERfCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERJVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier!


of EquipmentlMaterial Contractor

Name ofthe Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized
Representative and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

70TMSS02ROfSZA Date of Approval: April 9, 2006 PAGE NO. 24 OF 28


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARO SPECIFICATION .<::::J 70-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order No. Date: _


or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. --,P'--Lh~3'--.LIL!1C""J)I)~""O:L/-",O~ _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standard *


8.0 CONCRETE QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

8.5 a) Exposure Requirements SEyeRB

b) Type of Cement rsrs-r


c) Min. Cement Content (kg/m') .J2t>
d) Pozzolanic Material Content (kg/m')
~
NamelBrand 1ft
e) Req'd Min. Cylindrical Compressive 38
Strength @ 28 Day Strength(MPa)*

f) Max.water/ cementitious materials ratio eJ.40


g) Max. Slump w/o admixture (mm) /(;)(;)

h) Mass of fine aggregates (kg/nr')


'*
'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAlP ARAMETER
'B' - BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIAnON IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) -DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER!
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

70TMSS03RO/SZA Date of Approval: April 10, 2006 PAGE NO. 36 OF 38


TRANSMISSION MATERIAlS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .e:, 70-TMSS-G3, Rev. 0

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order No. _ Date: _


or Contract No.

SEC PTS No.lProject Title with J.O. No. -I-~.:oL-..LLL~~:::.L.Io.t:..-


,PTS-!lCMOIO _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

CONCRETE OUALITY REOUIREMENTS

i) Coarse Aggregates

Type 1t
Mass (kg/nr') .y
Nominal Size (mm) !K
j) Admixture:

Type ?it
Brand If'
Dosage (11m3 ) ~

10.0 TESTS

10.2.2 Frequency of Sampling for


Compressive Strength/m" S6C./O.2.).

10.2.4 Chloride Permeability Test Yes6$

Frequency ofPenneability Test/m" S EC./O. 2-'g.

'A'- SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETER


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERlVENDORJCONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIERJ
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

Dale of Approval: April 10, 2006 PAGE NO. 37 OF 38


-----------------------------------~

TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD S""CIFICAT ON CJ 70-TMSS-03. Rev. 0

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERlVENDORISUPPLIERfCONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERlVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/


of Equipment/Material Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

70TMSS03ROJSZA Date of Approval; April 10, 2006 PAGE NO. 38 OF 38


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICAT,ON .R:J. 'D-lMSS-D3, Rev. D

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

SEC Enquiry No. Date: - - - -

SEC Purchase Order No. Date: ----


or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with 1.0. No. ----!.P.::..J.:aY--.LJI/~CM~!,.!,O=.!o/O~ _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.0 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS

Applicable Industry Standard *

8.0 CONCRETE QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

8.5 a) Exposure Requirements MOlJ5I?B16


b) Type of Cement TftfJ5-.ll
c) Min. Cement Content (kg/m') JSO
d) Pozzolanic Material Content (kg/rrr') J/(

NameIBrand :t
e) Req'd Min. Cylindrical Compressive ,2.8
Strength @ 28 Day Strength(MPa)*

f) Max.water! cementitious materials ratio 0.40

g)Max. Slump w!o admixture (mm) 7S


h) Mass of fine aggregates (kg/nr') -#

'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAfPARAMETER


'B' - BIDDER/SUPPLIERIVENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAfPARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*) -DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDfPROPOSED BY TIlE BIDDER/SUPPLIER!
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

70TMSS03RO/SZA Date of Approval:Apnl 10.2006 PAGE NO, 36 OF 3'8


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \:.J 70TMSS.03. Rev. 0

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

SEC Enquiry No. Date: _

SEC Purchase Order No. Date: ~".",...,..,~~


or ContractNo.
SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No. ~PL.L.Z;
....5L-...I./:LI-kC.~M~O~/~O=-- _

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

CONCRETE QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

i) Coarse Aggregates

Type
Mass (kglm3)
Nominal Size (mm)

j) Admixture:

Type
Brand
Dosage (lim')

10.0 TESTS

10.2.2 Frequency of Samplingfor


Compressive Strength/m" SGC./O.2 ..2 _

10.2.4 Chloride PermeabilityTest l:e!tN'o

Frequency of Permeability Test/m"

'A'- SEC SPECIFIEDDATAIPARAMETER


'B'- BIDDER/SUPPLIERNENDQRfCONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATAIPARAMETERS
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*)- DATAIPARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDERfSUPPLIERI
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

Dale of Approval: April 10, 2006 PAGE NO. 37 OF 38


TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION CJ 70-TMSS-D3, Rev. 0

12.0 DATA SCHEDULE

NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY


BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERICONTRACTOR:

B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDORISUPPLIERI


CONTRACTOR:

Actual Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier!


of EquiprnentlMaterial Contractor

Name of the Company


Location and address

Name and Signature of


authorized Representative
and date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date

70TMSS03RO/S Dale of Approval: April 10, 2006


PAGE NO. 38 OF 38
TRANSMISSION MAT.RlALS STANDARD SC!FICATION .(j 9.-TMSS-ll3, Rev

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

SEC Inquiry No. Date _

SEC Purchase Order No. Date _


or Contract No.

SEC PTS No./Project Title with 1. O. No. 'P"-s ..-, \(;1t\ b 1c:.J
REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

3.0 APPLICABLE CODES & STANDARDS *


4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REOUlREMENTS

4.1.3 Type of Fire Extinguisher


(Hand Held/Wheeled)
vHf ELED

4.1.4 Type of Extinguisher Agent


p:l Y C /-Ill MltAL-
Type of Dry Chemical (if used) ("02-

4.2 Ratings

4.2.1 Fire Extinguisher Classification c I.-A~.s t315 c.- - - -


4.2.5 Capacity (Kg) 1>

'A' - SEC SPECIFIED DATAIPARAMETERS


'B' - BIDDERISUPPLIERIVENDORICONTRACTOR PROPOSED
DATAIPARAMETERS
'C' - REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
'*' - DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDEDIPROPOSED BY THE BIDDERI
SUPPLIERIVENDORICONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'

~~==========
90TMSS03ROIMHS Date of Approval: June 24, 2008 PAGE NO. 15 OF 17
TRANSMISSION MATE.lACS STANOARD SPECIFICATION <:::J 90-TMSS-03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

REFERENCE
SECTION NO. DESCRIPTION 'A' 'B' 'C'

4.2 (Continued)

Horizontal Range (Meters)

Discharge Time (Sec.)

5.0 TESTS

5.3 Performance Test Require? Yes/No

90TMSS03ROIMHS Date of Approval: June 24, 2008 PAGE NO. 16 OF 17


TRANSMISSiON MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION .CJ 90TMSS03, Rev. 0

6.0 DATA SCHEDULE

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

A. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMAnON OR FEATURES SPECIFIED BY


SEC:

B. ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEA TURES PROPOSED BY BIDDER/


VENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:

C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDERIVENDOR/SUPPLIER/


CONTRACTOR:

Manufacturer Vendor/Supplier/
ofMateriallEquipment _ _----"''''''''''''''''~
Contractor _

Name of Company

Location and Office Address

Name and Signature of Authorized


Representative and Date

Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company

90TMSS03ROIMHS PAGE NO. 17 OF 17

J"- _
APPENDIX III

TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS


APPENDIX III

TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS Page 1 of2

1. Technical Data Manuals

The CONTRACTOR shall provide Technical Data Manuals as applicable for the
substation equipment and underground cable systems installed under the PROJECT.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit at least two (2) sets of manuals for review and
approval by the COMPANY at least two (2) months prior to the mechanical completion
date of the PROJECT. After COMPANY approval, the CONTRACTOR shall submit
three (3) sets of final approved manuals two (2) weeks before mechanical completion
date of the PROJECT.

2. Substation Equipment

The Technical Data Manuals for the substation equipment, as applicable, shall include
the following information as a minimum pertaining to the major substation equipment
installed under the PROJECT.

a. Equipment for which TMSS and SMSS Data Schedule is available.

A copy of manufacturer's nameplate of the equipment.

Name of the manufacturer and equipment serial number shall be specified


in the attached Form No. PTD-EQP-DS1.

Updated Data Schedules attached to the COMPANY Materials Standard


Specification (TMSS and SMSS) after manufacture of the equipment, and
stamped by the manufacturer.

The Technical Data is required for the following substation equipment:

13.8kV XLPE cables


33kV XLPE cables
13.8kV Splice and termination Kits
33kV Splice and termination Kits
Surge Arresters
13.8kV Metalclad SWitchgear
33kV Metalclad Switchgear
13.8kV Capacitors and De-Tuning Reactors
33kV Capacitors and De-Tuning Reactors

b. Equipment for which TMSSI SMSS Data Schedule is not available

For protection relays, transducers, fault recorders and metering, the technical
data shall be provided by the manufacturer/CONTRACTOR as stated below:
APPENDIX '"

TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS Page 2 of2

a. Protection Relays

The technical data for the protection relays shall include data for all protection,
lockout and auxiliary relays installed for the protection of the substation
equipment, overhead lines and underground cables.

The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-REL-OS2.

b. Transducers

The CONTRACTOR shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's nameplate


data only for each transducer.

c. Fault Recorders

The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-OTR OS3.

d. Metering

The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-MET OS4.

e. UndergroundCables

The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-UGC OS6

f. Automatic Capacitor Controller

The CONTRACTOR shall fill in the attached Form No. PTO-EQP OS1

3. Underground Cables

The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data data applicable for XLPE Cables,
splices and terminations as per details of updated data schedules of the relevant
COMPANY material standard specifications (TMSS and SMSS) stamped by the
manufacturer.

In addition to the above mentioned TMSS and SMSS data schedules, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide additional information in the attached form no. PTO-UGC
OS6
SUBSTATION EQUIPMENT

SEC Form No. PTD-EQP DS1

project Title:- Contract No. : _

substation Prepared By: _ Date: __

POWER
ITEM # DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SERIAL # REMARKS
DISPATCH #

Page 1 of 5
TECHNICAL DATA FOR PROTECTION RELAYS

SEC Form No. PTD-EQP DS2

project Title:- __ Contract No. : _

substation:- Prepared By: _ Date : _

EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTION


ITEM # PANEL # DEVICE # MANUFACTURER TYPE # MODEL #
PROTECTED ORDER # LEAF

MANUFACTURER
ITEM # COMPONENTS FUNCTION CATALOG # REMARKS
ORDER #

Page 1 of 1
TECHNICAL DATA FOR FAULT RECORDERS

SEC Form No. PTD-EQP DS3

Project Title:- Contract No. : _

substation Prepared By: __ Date : __

YEAR OF COMPONENTS
ITEM # MANUFACTURER MODEL #
MANUFACTURE DESCRIPTION DRAWING # PART #

Pagelofl
TECHNICAL DATA FOR METERING EQUIPMENT

SEC Form No. PTD-EQP DS4

Project Title:- _________ contract No. : _

substation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Prepared By: _ Date: _

ITEM SERIAL MODEL YEAR OF ACCURACY MEASUREMENT


DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER
# # # MANUFACTURE CLASS
INSTANT. MAX.DEM COMBINED

Page 1 of1
TECHNICAL DATA FOR UNDERGROUND CABLES

SEC Form No. PTD-UGC DS6

project Title:- ___ Contract No. : __

substation:- Prepared By: _ Date: _

CABLE TYPE CONDUCTOR CABLES STRAIGHT STOP


ITEM # NAME OF CIRCUIT kV MANUFACTURER
XLPEOR LPOR SIZE PER PHASE JOINTS JOINTS

Page 50f5
APPENDIX IV

BID STANDARD FORMAT


APPENDIX IV
BID STANDARD FORMAT

The BIDDER shall fill in Annex A & C which shows equipment salient features along with the
Technical Proposal. The BIDDER shall also fill in Annex B which shows the documents
submitted along with the Technical Proposal
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS

Description of EquipmenU Country of Tech. Info.


No. Type/Model Manufacturer
Material Oriain In Section#
A. SUBSTATION EQPT/MATL..
1 Power Transformer
380/230kV
230/69kV
115/13.8kV
69/13.8kV
2 Capacitor Banks
33kV
13.8kV
3 Shunt Reactor
4 Air Core Reactors
33kV
13.8kV
5 Cricuit Breaker
380kV
230kV
115kV
6 GIS Equipment
380kV
230kV
115kV
7 CCVT/CVTIVT
380kV
230kV
115kV
33kV
13.8kV
8 Free Standing Current Transfomer
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
9 Relay & Control Panels
10 Metalclad Switchgear
34.5kV
33kV
13.8kV
11 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
12 Surge Arrester
360kV
230kV
115kV
30kV
12kV
13 Station Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV

Note: Strike-off items which are not applicab/e to this project Page 1 of 3
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS

Description of Equipment/ Country of Tech. Info.


No. Type/Model Manufacturer
Material Oriain In Section#
12 Wall Bushing
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
13 Batteries Charger
14 Batteries
15 Annunciator System
16 Fire Protection & Signalling System
17 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
18 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
19 SCADARTU
20 Dig. Trans. Fault Recorder
21 Sequence of Event Recorder
B. UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION
LINE MATERIAL
1 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
2 Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable
3 Pilot Cable. 19 pairs
4 Link Box for U/G Power Cable
5 Sheath Voltage Limiter
C. O/H TRANSMISSION LINE
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
1 Overhead Line Conductor
2 Overhead Ground Wire
3 Tubular Steel Pole
4 Lattice Steel Structure
5 Wood Pole
6 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV

Note: Strike-off items which are not applicab/e to this project Page 2 of3
ANNEXA
Contract No.
Project Titile:
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS

Description of Equipment! Country of . Tech. Info.


No. Type/Model Manufacturer
Material Orioln In Section#
7 Line Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
8 Suspension Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
9 Composite Overhead Optical
Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
10 Fiber Optic Joint Box
11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment *
Low Density
SDH

!Jote: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page ~~ of 3
ANNEX B
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of Equipment! Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
A. SUBSTATION EQPT/MATL.
1 Power Transformer
380/230kV
230/a9kV
115/13.8kV
a9/13.8kV
2 Capacitor Banks
33kV
13.8kV
3 Shunt Reactor
4 Air Core Reactors
33kV
13.8kV
5 Cricuit Breaker
380kV
230kV
115kV
a GIS Equipment
380kV
230kV
115kV
7 CCVT/CVTIVT
380kV
230kV
115kV
33kV
13.8kV
8 Free Standing Current Transfomer
380kV
230kV
115kV
eokv
33kV
13.8kV
9 Relay & Control Panels
10 Metalclad Switchgear
34.5kV
33kV
13.8kV
11 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
12 Surge Arrester
380kV
230kV
115kV
30kV
13.8kV
13 Station Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV

Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 1 of 3
ANNEXB
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of Equipment! Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
33kV
14 Wall Bushing
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
15 Batteries Charger
16 Batteries
17 Annunciator System
18 Fire Protection & Signalling System
17 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
20 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
21 SCADARTU
22 Dig. Trans. Fault Recorder
23 Sequence of Event Recorder
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION
B.
LINE MATERIAL
1 XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
115kV
69kV
33kV
13.8kV
2 Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable
3 Pilot Cable 19 pairs
4 Link Box for U/G Power Cable
5 Sheath Voltage Limiter
C. O/H TRANSMISSION LINE
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
1 Overhead Line Conductor
2 Overhead Ground Wire
3 Tubular Steel Pole
4 Lattice Steel Structure
5 Wood Pole
6 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
115kV

Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 2 of 3
ANNEXB
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
Description of EquipmenU Statement of Data Manufacturer's Type Test
No. List of Users
Material Compliance Schedule Catalogs Reports
7 Line Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
8 Suspension Insulator
380kV
230kV
115kV
9 Composite Overhead Optical
Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
10 Fiber Optic Joint Box
11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH

Note: Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project Page 3 of 3
ANNEXC
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS

No. .. ....
Description of Equipment!
Manufacturer
Country of
Orinin
Type/
ModAl
Tech. Info.
' In.... -" 1#
1 Relay & Control Panels
2 Feeder Protection
a. Distance Relay
Set 1 (21P)
Set 2 (21S)
b. Directional Comparison
Earth Fault Relay
Set 1 (67NP)
Set 2 (67NS)
c. longitudinal/Pilot Wire
Differential Relay
Set 1 (87lP)
Set 2 (87lS)
d. Back-up Inverse Time Overcurrent
Relay with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51N)
e. Back-up Directional Overcurrent
Relav with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51 )
Neutral (67N)
f. Synchrocheck Relay (25)
g. Auto Reclosing Relay (79)
h. PT Fuse Failure Relay
3 Power Transformer Protection
a. OlTC Control Panel
b. Differential Relay (87 T)
c. Restricted Earth Fault Relay
HV Side (87 REF-HV)
lV Side (87 REF-HV)
d. Back-up HV side Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51 N)
Ground (50/51 G)
e. Back-up Secondary side Directional
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Inst. Unit
Phase (67)
Neutral (67G)
f. Back-up lV side Neutral Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
g. Tertiary Winding Inverse Time
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Instantaneous Unit (50/51TW)
h. HV Side Over Fluxing Relay (99T)
4 Grounding Transformer Protection
a. Restricted Earth Fault Relay (87 GT)

Page 1 of3

Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project


2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
ANNEXC
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS
Description of Equipment! Country of Type/ Tech. Info.
No. Manufacturer
"~'~r'~1 Orinin ModAl lin H
b. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/
without Intantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51 GT)
Neutral (50/51 GGT)
5 Station Service Transformer Protection
a. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with
Intantaneous Unit (50/51)
6 Bus Bar Protection
a. Bus Bar Differential Relay (87 B)
b. Bus Bar Differential Check Relay (87B)
c. CT Open Circuit Supervision Relay
7 Bus Sectionalizing and lor Bus Coupler
Breaker Protection
a. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/
without lntantanaous Unit
Phase (51BT)
Neutral (51NBT)
8 Breaker and Protection Circuit Failure
Supervision
a. Breaker Failure Relay (50 BF)
b. DC Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
c. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
d. Trip Coil Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
9 Reactor Protection
a. Differential Relay
b. Restricted Earth Fault Relay
c. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with!
without Intantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (SO/51 N)
10 Capacitor Bank Protection
a. Harmonic Desensitized Instantaneous
Overcurrent Relav
Phase Set 1 (SOP)
Phase Set 2 (50S)
Neutral Set 1 (50NP)
Neutral Set 2 (50NS)
b. Short Time Overcurrent Relay
Phase Set 1 (51P)
Phase Set 2 (51S1)
Neutral Set 1 (51NP)
Neutral Set 2 (51NS)
c. Overcurrent Relay with Harmonic Filter
for Mid-point Unbalance
Set 1 (59P)

Page 2 013

Note: 1. Sfrike-off items which are not applicable to this project.


2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
ANNEXC
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS

No. ..
Description of Equipment!
Manufacturer
Country of
Orinin
Type/
MnnAI
Tech. Info.
I'n C' .... #.
Set2 (59S)
d. For Neutral Point Unbalance
Set 1 (59NP)
Set 2 (59NS)
46UB
e. Bus Over Voltage Relays
Set 1 (59BP)
Set 2 (59BS)
f. Bus Under Voltage Relay
Set 1 (27BP)
Set 2 (27BS)
11 Protection Signalling/Communication
Interface Equipment
a. For Distance Protection
b. For Pilot Wire Differential Protection
c. Breaker Failure Scheme
d. For Longitudinal Differential Protection
12 other Relays
a. Under frequency Relay (81)
b. Lockout Relay (86)
c. Timers (62)
d. Tripping Relay (94)
e. Tripping & Lockout Relay Supervision
f. DC Supply Supervision Relay (74)
g. Test Switches
13 Bidder to Specify and List other Relays
and Devices

Page 3 of3

Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project.


2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
APPENDIX V

LIST OF OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS


OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
33kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)
(COMBINED FOR ALL 515)
15MVAR VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : _

(A) (B)

PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SECREQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)

Equipment connectors each


1 5%
type
2 Conductor jumpers 5%
3 Capacitor units 5%
Fuses for Capacitor Bank each
4 5%
type as appilcable
5 Fuse links as appilcable 5%
6 Flipper assembly if applicable 5%
Copper wire to jumper
7 5%
capacitor units to the frame
8 Surge Arresters 5%
9 Protection relay (each type) 5%
10 Auxiliary relav (each type) 5%
11 Control relay (each type) 5%
12 Ammeter (each type) 5%
13 Var meter(each type) 5%
14 Tuning reactor each type 5%
15 Voltmeter (each type) 5%
16 Control fuse (each rating) 5%
17 Contactor 5%
18 MCCBs (each type/rating) 5%

Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL

33kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)


(COMBINED FOR ALL 5/5)
10MVAR VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER: __ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : __

(AI (Bl

PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO./ SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)

Equipment connectors each


1 5%
type
2 Conductor jumpers 5%
3 Capacitor units 5%
Fuses for Capacitor Bank each
4 type as appilcable
5%
5 Fuse links as applicable 5%
6 Flipper assembly if applicable 5%
Copper wire to jumper
7 capacitor units to the frame
5%
8 SUr!:Je Arresters 5%
9 Protection relay (each type) 5%
10 Auxiliary relay (each type) 5%
11 Control relay (each type) 5%
12 Ammeter (each type) 5%
13 Var meter(each type) 5%
14 Tuning reactor each type 5%
15 Voltmeter (each type) 5%
16 Control fuse (each rating) 5%
17 Contactor 5%
18 MCCBs (each type/rating) 5%

Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
33kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
5MVAR VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : _

(A) (B)

PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10 YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)

Equipment connectors each


1 5%
type
2 Conductor jumpers 5%
3 Capacitor units 5%
Fuses for Capacitor Bank each
4 5%
type as appilcable
5 Fuse links as appilcable 5%
6 Flipper assembly if applicable 5%
Copper wire to jumper
7 5%
capacitor units to the frame
8 Surge Arresters 5%
9 Protection relay (each type) 5%
10 Auxiliary relay (each type) 5%
11 Control relay (each type) 5%
12 Ammeter (each type) 5%
13 Var meter(each type) 5%
14 Tuning reactor each type 5%
15 Voltmeter (each type) 5%
16 Control fuse (each rating) 5%
17 Contactor 5%
18 MCCBs (each type/rating) 5%

Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
13.8kV OUTDOOR SHUNT CAPACITOR FILTER BANK (MISC. PARTS)
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
5MVAR VOLTAGE :13.8kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER: __ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : __

(A) (B)

PART
ITEM MFR.REC. QTY.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MFR. NAME NO.1 SEC REQ.
NO. (FOR 10YRS
TYPE QTY.
OPERATION)

Equipment connectors each


1 5%
type
2 Conductor jumpers 5%
3 Capacitor units 5%
Fuses for Capacitor Bank each
4 5%
type as appilcable
5 Fuse links as appilcable 5%
6 Flipper assembly if applicable 5%
Copper wire to jumper
7 5%
capacitor units to the frame
8 Surge Arresters 5%
9 Protection relay (each type) 5%
10 Auxiliary relay (each type) 5%
11 Control relay (each type) 5%
12 Ammeter (each type) 5%
13 Var meter(each type) 5%
14 Tuning reactor each type 5%
15 Voltmeter (each type) 5%
16 Control fuse (each rating) 5%
17 Contactor 5%
18 MCCBs (each type/rating) 5%

Note:Quantity of spare shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
33kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE :33kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : _

(A) (B)
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY'

1 Breaker SF6Nacuum complete for 1250A 5%


2 Vacuum bottle ( Interrupter) for 1250A 5%
3 Tulip contacts with arms top& bottom for 1250A 5%
4 Control Cable with plug & socket 5%
5 Insulating plate (partition) between poles 5%
6 Flexible copper connector if applicable 5%
7 Pressure gauge SF6 as appilcable 5%
8 Set of seals 5%
9 SF6 filling valve as appilcable 5%
10 SF6 density monitor switch as applicable 5%

Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OPERATING MECHANISM FOR 33KV CIRCUIT BREAKER
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
TYPE: -------
MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURE :_ _

CAl CBl
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.

1 Trio coil each tvoe 5%


2 Closing coil 5%
3 Auxiliary switch each type 5%
4 Limit switch each tvoe 5%
5 Auxiliarv relav each tvoe 5%
6 Control relav each type 5%
7 Pressure switch each type 5%
8 Electric Motor, sprinq charcinq mechanism 5%
9 Ooeration Counter 5%
10 Dash oat I Shock absorber 5%
11 Anti pump relay 5%
12 Mechanism spnnq charqinq handle 5%

Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
METALCLAD SWITCHGEAR
(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE OF CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE: 33KV TYPE: _

MANUFACTURER: _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURE : __

(AI (BI
ITE PART
MFR. SEC
M ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NAME REQ.
NO. TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.

1 lsolatlnq (disconnectino) contact feeder side 1250A 5%


2 Soout feeder I bus side 1250A 5%
3 Shutters bus I feeder side 5%
4 voitace Transformer (VT) each type I rating 5%
5 Current Transformer (CT) each type I rating 5%
6 Ground switch ooeratlno mechanism 5%
7 Interlockswitch each type 5%
8 Space heaterof each type 5%
9 Portable ground set (if applicable) 5%
10 Busbarsupport I insulator 5%
11 Fuse each type rating for PI's & metering bus cubicle 5%
12 Operating handle breakertruck 5%
13 Operating handle Disconnect switch 5%
14 Operating handle Ground switch 5%

Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL

13.8kV CIRCUIT BREAKER


(COMBINED FOR ALL SIS)
FOR EACH TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER AS USED
VOLTAGE :13.8kV TYPE :_ _

MANUFACTURER : _ YEAR OF MANUFACTURER : _

(AI (B)
PART
ITEM MFR. SEC
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO.1 MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
NO. NAME REQ.
TYPE OPERATION)
QTY.

1 Breaker SF6Nacuum complete for 1250A 5%


2 Vacuum bottle ( Interrupter) for 1250A 5%
3 Tulip contacts with arms top& bottom for 1250A 5%
4 Control Cable with plug & socket 5%
5 lnsulatinn plate (partition) between poles 5%
6 Flexible copper connector if applicable 5%
7 Pressure gauQe SF6 as appilcable 5%
8 Set of seals 5%
9 SF6 fiIIlna valve as applicable 5%
10 SF6 density monitor switch as applicable 5%

Note:Quantity shall be 5% of the actual supply rounded to the next whole number.
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR POWER FACTOR CORRECTION IN HAIL
OPERATING MECHANISM FOR 13.8KV CIRCUIT BREAKER